SITE2SHOP COM INC
10SB12G, 1999-10-12
AMUSEMENT & RECREATION SERVICES
Previous: CLASSIFIED ONLINE COM, 10SB12G/A, 1999-10-12
Next: ALPHA ANALYTICS INVESTMENT TRUST, 24F-2NT, 1999-10-12







                             U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission

                                        Washington, D.C.

                                           FORM 10-SB

        GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES OF SMALL BUSINESS ISSUERS
                                     AMENDMENT NO. 3


          Under Section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

                                      Site2Shop.Com, Inc.
                      (Name of Small Business Issuer in its charter)


         NEVADA                                        88-0382813
         (State)                        (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)


2001 West Sample Road, Suite 101, Pompano Beach, Florida    33064
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)                  (Zip Code)


Issuer's Telephone Number   (954) 969-1010

Securities to be registered under Section 12(b) of the Act:

         Title of Each Class                Name of Each Exchange on Which
         to be so Registered                Each Class is to be Registered

                 None



Securities to be registered pursuant to 12(g) of the Act:

                           Common Stock $.001 Par Value
                                    (Title of Class)


<PAGE>







         THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  CONTAINS  "FORWARD-LOOKING"   STATEMENTS
REGARDING  POTENTIAL  FUTURE  EVENTS AND  DEVELOPMENTS  AND MATTERS THAT ARE NOT
HISTORICAL   FACTS   AFFECTING  THE  BUSINESS  OF  THE  COMPANY.   BECAUSE  SUCH
FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS INCLUDE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES,  ACTUAL RESULTS MAY
DIFFER  MATERIALLY  FROM THOSE  EXPRESSED  OR  IMPLIED  BY SUCH  FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS.  ALL  STATEMENTS  WHICH  ADDRESS  OPERATING  PERFORMANCE,  EVENTS OR
DEVELOPMENTS  THAT  MANAGEMENT  EXPECTS OR  ANTICIPATES  TO INCUR IN THE FUTURE,
INCLUDING  STATEMENTS  RELATING  TO SALES  AND  EARNINGS  GROWTH  OR  STATEMENTS
EXPRESSING  GENERAL OPTIMISM ABOUT FUTURE OPERATING RESULTS ARE  FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS.  THE  FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS ARE BASED ON MANAGEMENT'S  CURRENT
VIEWS AND ASSUMPTIONS  REGARDING FUTURE EVENTS AND OPERATING  PERFORMANCE.  MANY
FACTORS COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM ESTIMATES CONTAINED
IN MANAGEMENTS'  FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS. THE DIFFERENCES MAY BE CAUSED BY A
VARIETY OF FACTORS,  INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ADVERSE  ECONOMIC  CONDITIONS,
COMPETITIVE PRESSURES,  INADEQUATE CAPITAL, UNEXPECTED COSTS, LOWER REVENUES AND
NET INCOMES AND FORECASTS,  INABILITY TO CARRY OUT MARKETING AND SALES PLANS AND
LOSS OF KEY EXECUTIVES,  AMONG OTHER THINGS.  SUCH  STATEMENTS  RELATE TO, AMONG
OTHER  THINGS,  (I)  FUTURE  OPERATIONS  OF  THE  COMPANY,  INCLUDING  POTENTIAL
STRATEGIC  TRANSACTIONS;  (II)  COMPETITION  FOR  CUSTOMERS  FOR  THE  COMPANY'S
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES;  (III) THE EFFECT OF POTENTIAL GOVERNMENT REGULATION UPON
THE COMPANY'S  OPERATIONS;  AND (IV) OTHER  STATEMENTS  ABOUT THE COMPANY OR THE
DIRECT RESPONSE AND TELEVISION PRODUCTION INDUSTRIES.

         FORWARD  LOOKING  STATEMENTS  MAY BE INDICATED BY THE WORDS  "EXPECTS,"
"ESTIMATES",  "ANTICIPATES",  "INTENDS", "PREDICTS", "BELIEVES" OR OTHER SIMILAR
EXPRESSIONS.  FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS  APPEAR  IN A NUMBER OF PLACES IN THIS
FORM AND INCLUDE STATEMENTS REGARDING THE INTENT, BELIEF OR CURRENT EXPECTATIONS
OF THE COMPANY AND ITS DIRECTORS  AND OFFICERS WITH RESPECT TO NUMEROUS  ASPECTS
OF THE COMPANY AND ITS BUSINESS. THE COMPANY'S ABILITY TO PREDICT RESULTS OR THE
EFFECT OF ANY PENDING  EVENTS ON THE COMPANY'S  OPERATING  RESULTS IS INHERENTLY
SUBJECT TO VARIOUS RISKS AND  UNCERTAINTIES,  INCLUDING  THE RISKS  ATTENDANT TO
COMPETITION FOR CUSTOMERS AND MEDIA ACCESS; THE RISKS OF PRESENTING PRODUCTS AND
SERVICES  THAT WILL BE  ACCEPTED BY THE  MARKET;  AND THE EFFECTS OF  GOVERNMENT
REGULATION.
                                      PART I

         The  Company  is filing  this Form  10-SB on a  voluntary  basis to (1)
provide  current,  public  information  to the  investment  community and (2) to
comply with the OTC Bulletin Board Eligibility Rule (SR-NASD-98-51,  as amended)
as approved by the Securities and Exchange Commission in Release No. 34-40878.


                                       1
<PAGE>
ITEM 1.  DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
- ---------------------------------

OVERVIEW

          Site2Shop.Com, Inc. (the "Company", "Site2Shop.Com") is engaged in the
marketing,  production  and  distribution  of television  programs.  The Company
produces both educational half-hour television programs through its wholly owned
subsidiary,  Tricom  Pictures and  Productions,  Inc.  ("Tricom")  and half-hour
shop-at-home  programming through the Site2Shop.com TV program. All programs are
distributed  to national  audiences  through a combination  of any or all of the
following: ABC affiliates,  NBC affiliates,  CBS affiliates, FOX affiliates, UPN
affiliates and WB affiliates  (collectively "network  affiliates"),  independent
television stations and targeted cable networks.


BACKGROUND


          The  Company  was  incorporated  in Nevada on August 1, 1990 under the
name  Woodie  III,  Inc.,  to  engage  in  the  activity  of  general  business,
investments,   research   and   development,   manufacturing   and  real  estate
development.  In August 1996,  Woodie III, Inc.  changed its  corporate  name to
Tee-Rifik  Corp.("Tee-Rifik").  From inception through May 1998, the Company had
been  seeking  investors  in order to finance  and  commence  revenue  producing
activities.  On June 24, 1998,  Tee-Rifik  entered into an Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization  (the "Agreement")  with Shop TV and Television,  Inc., a Florida
corporation  ("Site2Shop"),  whereby Site2Shop and Tee-Rifik merged. Through the
terms of the Agreement,  Tee-Rifik  acquired all the outstanding common stock of
Site2Shop.  The existing  stockholders of Tee-Rifik retained their 116,400 (post
reverse  split- see below)  shares and the  stockholders  of Site2Shop  received
(post  reverse  split)  shares at a ratio of 1,250 to 1 for a total of 1,250,000
shares.  Due to the majority  ownership of the Company after the  transaction by
the  Site2Shop   stockholders  and  Tee-Rifik's  lack  of  substantial   assets,
liabilities or marketable  products,  the  transaction  was treated as a reverse
acquisition  of Tee-Rifik by Site2Shop  using the pooling  method for accounting
purposes. As part of the Agreement, Tee-Rifik changed its corporate name to Shop
T.V.,  Inc.,  and  its  principal   business  became  retailing  and  television
broadcasting.


          On  February 5, 1999, Shop T.V., Inc. changed its name to
Site2Shop.Com,  Inc. to reflect its focus on the Internet.

          On  February  23,  1999,  Site2Shop.Com  also  completed a one for ten
(1:10)  reverse  split of the issued  and  outstanding  shares of common  stock,
whereby a  stockholder  owning 10 shares of common  stock  prior to the  reverse
split,  would  own 1 share of  common  stock  after the  reverse  split.  Unless
otherwise  indicated  herein,  the  information  in this filing  relating to the
common  stock has been  restated to reflect such split.  The trading  symbol was
also changed from SHTV to its current EBUY.


             On March 8, 1999, the Company  completed its acquisition of Tricom,
a privately held corporation,  incorporated in Florida in November 1991. . Under
the terms of the  acquisition  agreement,  the  stockholders  of Tricom received
Company  shares at a ratio of  100,000  to 1 for a total of 10  million  shares.
Three executive  officers and five stockholders of the Company owned 85% and 15%
respectively,  of  Tricom's  common  stock since  inception.  As a result of the
Tricom  acquisition,  the three executive  officers'  percentage of common stock
ownership of the Company,  collectively,  increased  from 71.01% to 83.07%.  The
other five  stockholders'  percentage of common stock  ownership of the Company,
collectively, increased from 5.61% to 13.7%


         The Company's  executive  offices are located at 2001 West Sample Road,
Suite 101, Pompano Beach, Florida, 33064; Telephone (954) 969-1010.


THE INDUSTRY AND MARKET

          The direct response transactional  television programming industry was
developed  in the United  States  after the  Federal  Communications  Commission
rescinded  its  limitations  on  advertising  minutes per hour in 1984,  thereby
permitting 30-minute blocks of television  advertising.  The deregulation of the
cable  television  industry and the resulting  proliferation  of cable  channels
increased  the  available  media time and led to the growth of the United States
direct response  transactional  programming and the direct response  educational
programming industries.  Producers of these types of programming combined direct
response  marketing and retailing  principles within a television talk show-type
format and purchased  media time from cable  channels to air their  programming.
After an initial growth period, the industry consolidated through the end of the
1980s. At the same time,  increased  attention from the Federal Trade Commission
and federal and state consumer  protection agencies led to greater regulation of
the  industry.  By the early 1990s,  direct  response  transactional  television
programming  and home shopping  cable  channels had become a more accepted forum


                                       2
<PAGE>
for obtaining  information about products and services and making purchases from
home. As the industry  matured,  the variety of products marketed through direct
response  transactional   television  programming  steadily  increased.   Today,
offerings as diverse as car care  products and weight loss programs are marketed
in this manner.

          According to a survey conducted by the National Infomercial  Marketing
Association  ("NIMA")  conducted  in 1995,  the  latest  year for which  data is
available,  approximately  10,000  infomercials are aired per week in the United
States for a total of 5,000  hours per week.  NIMA  estimates  that its  members
purchased  $550  million of media in 1995 to support  its  programming  and that
their clients' sales approximated  $1.15 billion.  The Company believes that the
market is  highly  fragmented  and ripe for  consolidation.  Accordingly,  it is
focused on increasing  its level of  operations  in order to promote  growth and
market share.


PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

OVERVIEW

          The Company's  products and services are rendered  principally  by its
two wholly owned subsidiaries (i) Site2Shop and (ii) Tricom.


                 SITE2SHOP- SHOP-AT-HOME TELEVISION PROGRAMMING

          Site2Shop's  principal  business  is  the  marketing,  production  and
distribution  of thirty  (30)  minute  infomercials  in a  shop-at-home  format.
Site2Shop  markets its vendors'  products  through (i) a half-hour  shop-at-home
program   called   "site2shop.com   TV,"  (ii)  on  its  Internet  web  site  at
www.site2shop.com,  and (iii) at its retail  store  located  in  Pompano  Beach,
Florida.  Site2shop.com TV is aired  nationally  through a combination of any or
all of the following:  network affiliates,  independent  television stations and
targeted cable networks.  The program  features unique products as well as items
generally available. Typically, sales personnel of Site2Shop search through
various  media  sources,  including  newspapers,  internet  and  magazines,  for
products to potentially feature on site2shop.com TV.
The

manufacturers/distributors  are contacted and asked to provide  samples of their
products for evaluation of inclusion on the show by a focus group.  The criteria
utilized by the focus group are primarily based on function, form and salability
and the  products  being  featured on future shows as to  compatibility.  If the
product coincides with the criteria, the  manufacturer/distributor  is contacted
and presented with the  opportunity of show  participation  via a segment on the
show of approximate  duration of 1 - 3 minutes. If the  manufacturer/distributor
("Participant") is amenable, the parties enter into a contract whereby Site2Shop
will feature the product and/or Company logo in a targeted national publication,
whose  readership is most apt to purchase the product,  in conjunction  with the
promotion of the particular show. Additionally, Site2Shop, by utilizing Tricom's
production  facilities and resources,  produces the segment,  inclusive of field
production,  graphics,  music, program editing, set design and on-camera talent,
for  the   Participant  for  inclusion  on  the  show  for  airing  through  the
aforementioned  TV media and  provides the  Participant  with a copy tape of the
segment.  In  consideration  of such services,  the Participant pays a one-time,
flat rate fixed "Product Insertion
Fee",  predetermined  by Site2Shop,  typically due within thirty days of signing
the contract.  The fee is based on Site2Shop  management's  experience  and best
estimate  of the cost to render  the  contractual  services  plus an  element of
profit.


          While  typically  only ten  products  are  featured on each  half-hour
segment of the program,  viewers have the opportunity to view Site2Shop's entire
catalog,  currently  featuring  more than 500  products,  many of which also are
available at the retail store  located in the Pompano Beach Mall and through the
Company's Internet web site.

          The  products  offered by  Site2Shop  include  but are not  limited to
jewelry,  housewares,  apparel,  electronics,  collectibles,  toys,  educational
products, and sporting equipment. Unlike some retailers, which focus essentially
on national brands,  a majority of the products offered by Site2Shop  comprise a
combination of national brands as well as private brand or non-branded products.
Site2Shop  purchases the merchandise  offered by it on both a consignment  basis
(for  products  sold in the retail  facility)  and on a terms basis for products
sold through  fulfillment and on the internet (at wholesale and retail prices as
negotiated  in  the  aforementioned   contract).   Site2Shop  maintains  minimum
inventory levels.

          The  Site2Shop.Com  TV program is a pre-recorded  retail sales program
that is aired by cable  television  systems and  television  broadcast  stations
throughout the country on a prepaid , two weeks in advance, airtime basis by the
Company.  Site2Shop.Com  TV is available in half-hour shows only,  which enables
network and cable  affiliates to air the programs in available time slots.  Some


                                       3
<PAGE>
of the major  television  broadcasting  outlets used by the Site2Shop to air its
shows are:

Station                         Market                      Affiliation
- ------------             ---------------------            -----------------
KJWY                     Salt Lake City, Utah               NBC
Time Warner              Los Angeles, California            CABLE
TCI Miami                Miami, Florida                     CABLE
TNN                      National                           CABLE
WCIV                     Charleston, South Carolina         ABC
WGTW                     Philadelphia, Pennsylvania         INDEPENDENT
WJYS                     Chicago, Illinois                  INDEPENDENT
WVVH                     New York, New York                 INDEPENDENT


          Site2Shop  does not guarantee a  Participant  airing of the program on
any  particular  television  station but does  provide the  Participant  with an
airing schedule, one month prior to actual airing,  indicating station,  market,
affiliation and scheduled date and time of airing.

          Site2Shop's  retail  sales and  programming  are  intended to create a
friendly sales  environment,  which promotes sales and customer  loyalty through
offering unique products,  coupled with product  information and  entertainment.
During a typical program, an announcer  introduces each product to the co-hosts.
The  hosts  of the  show  then  describe  the  merchandise,  sometimes  with the
assistance of a guest  representing  the Participant and sometimes with ordinary
users of the product, and convey information relating to the
product such as price, features, uses, and assembly requirements.  The price (as
set by  the  Participant  and  contained  in the  contract),  item  number,  and
toll-free  number for  ordering  are  continuously  aired  during  each  product
description.  Viewers  purchase  merchandise  by MasterCard,  Visa,  Discover or
American   Express  credit  cards  by  calling  a  toll-free   telephone  number
continuously   aired  during  the  program.   Site2Shop   contracts  with  Alert
Communications,  Inc., a national call center,  which provides order fulfillment
for  Site2Shop on a fee for service  basis based on the volume of calls which it
handles.   Once  received,   orders  are   electronically   transmitted  to  the
Participant,  who ships the product directly to the viewer.  Site2Shop bills the
viewer but remits to the  Participant  the sales  proceeds  less a shipping  and
handling  charge  until such time as the  Participant  has  recouped  the entire
Product Insertion Fee.  Generally,  any item purchased from Site2Shop.Com TV may
be


returned within 30 days for a full refund of the purchase  price,  excluding the
original shipping and handling charges. Site2Shop does not guarantee the sale of

     any product  featured on its show nor does it guarantee  any minimum  sales
quantity to any Participant.

          The  Participant's  product is also  offered  for sale on  Site2Shop's
website.  The orders are processed in a similar  manner as show sales,  however,
Site2Shop  purchases the product from the Participant at a negotiated  price and
term as contained in the  aforementioned  contract.  The  Participant is paid in
accordance  with the contract  terms by Site2Shop.  Site2Shop  retains the sales
proceeds.  Additionally,  Participant's  products  are  offered  for sale at the
Site2Shop  retail  store  as a  means  of  increasing  sales  opportunities  for
Participants. The retail manager contacts Participants regarding the opportunity
to offer their  product for sale on a  consignment  basis based on a  negotiated
purchase  price.  As the  salability  of the product on a retail  store basis is
unknown,  consignment  offers  Site2Shop  a  means  of  risk  reduction  against
non-salability of the product,  as Site2Shop owes the Participant the negotiated
price in accordance  with terms only if the product is sold. The  Participant is
paid in accordance with the oral arrangement negotiated with the retail manager.
At the expiration of the consignment period, the Participant can have the unsold
product returned or extend the consignment  period.  Site2Shop  generally offers
only products  featured on its shows on its website and retail  store,  however,
products of other than  Participants  have been offered  through  these  venues.
Similarly, Participants may sell their products through any distribution channel
they so choose and are not precluded contractually from doing so.



                    TRICOM-EDUCATIONAL TELEVISION PROGRAMMING


          Tricom's   principal   business  is  the  marketing,   production  and
distribution  of thirty (30) minute  educational  programs.  These  programs are
distributed  through  a  combination  of any or  all of the  following:  network
affiliates,  independent television stations and targeted cable networks. Topics
for the programs include but are not limited to parenting,  health, cooking, and
home improvement are presented in a news magazine-style format with all segments
having a strand of  commonality  about the  topic.  Companies  appearing  on 3-5
segments  of the  program  apprise  the viewer of their  products or services in
conjunction with the topic featured on the program,  however, there is no direct
attempt by the companies to sell their products or services.


                                       4
<PAGE>
          Tricom   researchers   contact  various  national   consumer  oriented
companies whose business and activities  address topics of specific  interest to
targeted audiences (e.g. children's health issues to an audience of parents with
children in ages ranging from infancy to pre-teen). The researchers request data
from these companies for review and  compatibility  with future planned episodes
of  Tricom  programs.  If the  data  and  subject  matter  are  compatible,  the
researcher  will contact the company  regarding  appearing on a segment of 3 - 5
minutes in duration in a future  episode.  If  amenable,  Tricom and the company
enter into a contractual  arrangement  whereby Tricom will feature the company's
logo  and/or  product on two  full-page  advertisements  in a targeted  national
publication in conjunction  with the promotion of the television  program series
and related episodes.  Additionally,  Tricom will produce the segment, including
field  production,  graphics,  editing,  set  design and on camera  talent,  and
broadcast the program a minimum of twenty times in local and national markets so
as to reach a potential of 60 million  households around the country,  although,
the actual number of viewers may be  substantially  less. The stations  selected
for  broadcasting  are based upon  Designated  Market  Areas and the  television
viewership  (defined  by the  number  of  households  potentially  able  to view
programming if all television sets were on simultaneously  for the area) of such
areas as ranked and calculated by the National Association of Television Program
Executives  Listing Guide and SRDS (formerly  known as Standard  Rating and Data
Service).  The  company is given a copy of its segment  tape and also  granted a
license to use such tape for any lawful business purpose.


     In consideration of such services,  the company agrees to pay Tricom within
thirty days of signing the contract a one time, flat rate fixed "Scheduling Fee"
(predetermined  by  Tricom)  which is based on Tricom  management's  experience,
knowledge  and best  estimate of the cost to render such services and an element
of profit. Additionally, Tricom

owns  complete  licensing  rights to the  segment  tape which it may use for any
lawful  business  purpose  and  also  maintains   editorial   control  over  all
programming and collateral material.

          Tricom also maintains the production facilities for the Company. These
facilities  include  two  complete  editing  facilities,  two camera  crews,  an
in-house   studio  with  working  sets  and  complete   animation   and  graphic
capabilities.  Tricom is currently  offering these facilities on fee for service
basis in the local market in order to maximize  utilization and expand potential
revenue venues.


SALES AND MARKETING

TELEVSION PROGRAMMING


     Site2Shop's 0) salespersons  seek out products for possible  feature on one
or several targeted programs. Currently,  manufacturers/distributors  wishing to
have their merchandise  marketed by Site2Shop execute a contract with Site2Shop.
Typically, a contract

provides that in consideration  for an one-time payment (the "Product  Insertion

Fee"),  Site2Shop will include the  manufacturer's/distributor's  product in one
1-3  minute  segment,  promote  the  airing of the show,  and  agrees to air the
program to a potential household reach of 50 million homes throughout the United
States,  although actual viewership may be substantially less.. The program airs
a minimum of twenty times, generally in twenty different Designated Market Areas
(DMA).  A  program  may air  more  than  once in a DMA but  usually  on the same
television station in the DMA, so that the programs potential household reach is
50 million on a first run basis. The stations  selected for broadcast can be any
combination  of any or all  network  affiliates,  independent  cable  and  cable
networks and independent affiliates.  The shows generally air over a three month
span of time so that a  minimum  potential  household  reach  of 50  million  is
attained.  As part of the contract,  the Participant receives a copy of his tape
segment, as part of the Product Insertion Fee, for which he is granted a license
to use the tape for any lawful business purpose.

     Additionally,  Site2Shop may include the product on its Internet e-commerce
website or commercial retail store located in a mall in Pompano Beach,  Florida.
Internet  purchases by Site2Shop from the Participant are on negotiated terms as
to cost and payment term and contained in the contract.. All sales proceeds from
internet sales belong to Site2Shop.  Commercial retail store sales are made on a
consignment  basis with cost and payment terms  determined on a negotiated basis
outside the contractual arrangement.

     If or when sales of the product  directly from the airing of the show (by a
viewer  dialing  an 800 number  appearing  on the show)  exceed the the  Product
Insertion Fee paid by the  Participant,  Site2Shop and the Participant  share in
the resultng profit generated from future sales on an equal basis. For



purposes  of the  contract,  "profit" is defined as the  difference  between the


                                       5
<PAGE>
retail  sales price paid by the viewer less a de minimis  shipping  and handling
fee retained by Site2Shop and the cost of the product.

          Contracts  at  various  stages  of   fulfillment   are  in  place  for
approximately  200 national  vendors.  Fulfillment  and retail  revenues for the
first calendar quarter of 1999 were $2,000 and $6,000 respectively;  .1% and .3%
respectively of total revenues of the first calendar quarter of 1999.

          Contracts  executed during the first calendar  quarter of 1999 already
exceed $1.5 million. Television programming revenues recognized during the first
calendar quarter of 1999 totaled  $1,311,000;  $300,000  pertaining to contracts
executed in 1999 and $1,011,000 to contracts executed in 1998.

     Tricom's  sales force focuses on companies  wishing to have their  products
and  services  featured in 3 - 5 segment of a half-hour  educational  television
program of which all segments relate to a topic and are structured to inform and
educate the viewing  audience.  There is no direct  attempt to sell  products or
services on the show. As a result of different  criteria for companies  selected
for appearance on the show,  primarily  relate to name recognition and financial
strength.    Site2Shop    and   Tricom    generally    do   not    compete   for
participants/companies  for each other's show or for market share. The shows are
promoted in a similar manner as shop-at-home  television  programming except the
potential household reach is 60 million homes,  although,  actual viewership may
be substantially less. Accordingly these shows may appear on the same television
stations and other television stations as shop-at-home  television  programming.
The fee,  ("Scheduling  Fee")  charged  companies  appearing  on these shows are
higher than shop-at-home  television  programming  because of the segment length
and potential  household  reach  differences.  Companies  also receive a copy of
their completed  segment.  During the first calendar quarter of 1999,  contracts
executed  totaled  $800,000.   Television  revenues,  recognized  utilizing  the
percentage of completion  method,  totaled  $858,000  during the first  calendar
quarter;  $147,000 from  contracts  executed in 1999 and $711,000 from contracts
executed in 1998.


Internet

          On  February  9, 1999,  the  Company  entered  into a contract to list
product for sale on the bid4it(TM), an Internet auction site, operated by
CyberQuest, Inc. ("CyberQuest").  The Company establishes a minimum bid which it
will  accept  for each  product  listed  for  sale on the site and the  quantity
available for sale. All products  listed have a 30-day money back guarantee from
date of delivery.  Those purchasers  orders that equal or exceed the minimum bid
are  forwarded  to  the  Company  for  fulfillment  and  contain  all  pertinent
information necessary to ship the order and file applicable sales and use taxes.
The Company provides  CyberQuest with proof of shipment which provides the basis
of  payment by  CyberQuest  to the  Company.  The  Company is paid by  automatic
deposit into a Company designated  account.  The payment to be received is based
on the unit  selling  price,  applicable  sales taxes and freight less a sliding
scale fee charged by CyberQuest based on the sales value of the transaction. The
contract may be  terminated  by either party by written  notice.  The product is
purchased  on a  negotiated  basis as to purchase  price and payment  terms from
manufacturers/distributors   whose   products  are  featured  on  its  half-hour
shop-at-home  programming.  All  profits  from this  auction  site belong to the
Company.  To date,  the  Company  has not listed any  products  for sale on this
auction site due to the complexity of the auction listing process  including the
manpower  and  effort  necessary  to add  products  to the site and the  limited
consumer traffic on the website.

          In April 1999,  the Company  entered  into an  agreement  with Yahoo!,
Inc.("Yahoo")  under its Yahoo!  Delivers program whereby Yahoo! sent e-mails to
Yahoo users who specifically requested to be notified of special promotions.

Approximately,  12,000 users were  contacted  during the month of April advising
them of the Company's new portal site. In  consideration  of such services,  the
Company   paid   Yahoo  a   one-time   fee  of   $10,000.   The   portal   site,
http://st6.yahoo.com/shoptv/,  was  opened on April 15,  1999  using the  Yahoo!
Store concept which allows  businesses the ability to design  websites,  utilize
state-of-the-art  tracking tools while affording easy access (through Yahoo!) to
e-commerce   to   millions  of  internet   users  to  the   Company's   website,
www.site2shop.com. All profits generated from sales through this portal site are
retained by the Company.  In  consideration  of such services,  the Company pays
Yahoo a $300 all-inclusive rental fee, on a month-to-month basis,  terminable at
will,  in writing,  by either  party..  To date there have been 52,000 web pages
viewed (the aggregate number of pages of the Company's  website by the number of
total  visitors to the website  through the Yahoo  portal)by the visitors to the
portal site, however, the Company does not readily account for internet sales by
source of origin,  i.e.  directly to the Company's website as opposed to through
the Yahoo portal.

          Although the Company is constantly seeking additional opportunities to
market its  Participants  products,  it currently does not anticipate  using the
internet as its primary sales venue  anytime in the near future,  but is working
toward availing itself of such opportunity.


                                       6
<PAGE>
SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS

          During 1998, no customer accounted for more than 10% of net sales.


MANUFACTURING AND SUPPLIES/PRODUCTION OF PROGRAMS

         The Company  does not  currently  manufacturer  any  products  that are
featured on any of their television programs.  Furthermore, the Company does not
depend on any one manufacturer to supply products for any television program.

         The Company does produce most or all of the television programs through
its in-house  production  and editing  facility.  The Company  currently owns or
leases two broadcast  quality video  production  cameras,  two Media 100 editing
systems and many related items critical in the production  and  distribution  of
its television programs.


COMPETITION

          Due to the fact that the  scope of the  business  has moved  into many
industries, television, home shopping, production, Internet commerce and retail,
there are many companies that actively compete with the Company.
  There are very few companies  that compete  directly with the core business of
the Company.  The majority of these  companies can be found in the  shop-at-home
television  industry  and would  include,  Home  Shopping  Network  (HSN),  QVC,
ValueVision  and  Shop at  Home.  Of the  aforementioned  companies,  most  have
substantially  greater  financial,   technical  and  other  resources  and  have
established  reputations  for their  success in their  ability to sell  products
through  a  shop-at-home  format.  The  Company  does  not  know  of any  direct
competitor  that  currently   charges  a  "product   insertion  fee"  whereby  a
participant  on the show pays a monetary fee to have their  product  exclusively
featured in 3-5 minute segment a on a taped show that airs a minimum of 20 times
to a national audience through any combination of network affiliates,
independent cable stations,  cable networks or independent  television stations,
that has a potential household reach of 50 million and/or offers the vendors a
share of the profits  based on the success of the  program.  Competitors  in the
shop-at-home   television   programming  business  generally  purchase  products
featured on their shows on a consignment  basis with unsold products returned to
the  respective  vendors.  Participants  are not  charged  a fee to  have  their
products  offered for sale on the show.  The products are generally  offered for
sale for a shorter duration of time.

         Tricom  does have a number of  competitors,  primarily  located  in the
South Florida area, that market and produce very similar programs. These include
among  others,  Five  Star  Productions,  Global  Solutions  Network,  Millenium
Productions and ITV.


GOVERNMENT REGULATION

          Although  the  Company's   programming  is  not  subject  to  specific
government  regulation,  the Company is  dependent on the  television  broadcast
stations and cable television systems to air its programs. A substantial portion
of a broadcaster's business is subject to various statutes,  rules,  regulations
and orders relating to communications and generally  administered by the Federal
Communications  Commission  (FCC). The  communications  industry,  including the
operation of broadcast television stations, cable television systems,  satellite
distribution  systems and, in some respects,  cable stations which produce their
own  programming  is subject to  substantial  federal  regulation,  particularly
pursuant to the Communications Act of 1934, as amended,  the  Telecommunications
Act of 1996  and  the  rules  and  regulations  promulgated  by the  FCC.  Cable
television  systems are also subject to regulation at the state and local level.
Regulations  which have an adverse affect on broadcasters  with whom the Company
contracts to air its  programs,  could have a material  adverse  impact upon the
Company and the Company's ability to purchase airtime.

          The Company collects and remits sales tax in the state in which it has
a physical  presence.  Certain  states in which the  Company's  only activity is
direct  marketing and e-commerce have attempted to require such merchants,  such
as the Company, to collect and remit sales tax on sales to customers residing in
such states.  A 1995 United States Supreme Court decision held that Congress can
legislate such a change.  Thus far, Congress has taken no action to that effect.
The  Company is  prepared  to collect  sales tax for other  states,  if laws are
passed requiring such collection.  The Company does not believe that a change in
the tax laws requiring the collection of sales tax will have a material  adverse
effect on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.

          To date, the Company has not incurred any costs or unusual expenses as
a  result  of  government  regulations  imposed  upon  it.  Nor has any  current
governmental regulation materially impacted the operations of the Company or the
manner in which it conducts business.


                                       7
<PAGE>
LICENSES, PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS

     A trademark  application  has been submitted and applied for under the name
of  site2shop.com.  for use as the Company's logo in all facets of its business.
The  television  program  titles  used by all  subsidiaries  of the  Company are
covered  by  public  use.  The  Company  also  owns the  Internet  domain  names
site2shop.com, site2bid.com, site2buy.com, site2sell.com and site2auction.com.


EMPLOYEES

         The Company currently has 100 employees, all full-time, 17 of which are
in management  and  administration,  18 are in  production  and 65 are in sales,
marketing and research.  The Company retains the services of  approximately  100
independent  contractors in the areas of production,  graphic design, acting and
Website maintenance on an as-needed basis.


ITEM 2.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION and ANALYSIS
- ------------------------------------------------

OVERVIEW


     As the  operating  entities  comprising  the Company have been under common
control since their respective inceptions, the following discussion will address
the  results of  operations  on a  year-to-year  basis and  liquidity  as if the
entities had merged as of January 1, 1996. Accordingly the results of operations
for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 are those of Tricom,  solely. The
results  of  operations  for the  year  ended  December  31,  1998  include  the
operations  for the entire year of Tricom and the period of June 24,  1998,  the
commencement  of revenue  producing  operations,  through  December  31, 1998 of
Site2Shop.

     The  Company's  recognizes   television   programming  revenues  using  the
percentage-of-completion method, whereby revenues are recognized relative to the
proportionate  progress on such  contracts  as measured by the ratio which costs
incurred on each contract  bear to total  anticipated  costs for each  contract.
Accordingly, the Company's revenues are principally affected by two factors:

1.       Its ability to execute contracts with Participants:

2. Its  ability to  complete  segments  and air  programs  in an  efficient  and
expeditious manner.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED  DECEMBER 31, 1997 and 1996

     Revenues  increased from $2,663,000 in 1996 to $7,124,000 in 1997 primarily
as a result  of the  Company  doubling  its  sales  force by  hiring  additional
employees  at  the  end of  1996.  The  incremental  employees  had  contributed
approximately  $3,000,000 in 1997 revenues. The original sales force contributed
approximately $4,100,000 in 1997 revenues.

     Cost of revenues increased from $1,362,000 in 1996 to $1,581,000 in 1997 as
a  result  of the  need to hire  additional  production  personnel  to meet  the
increased  volume of shows to be produced  caused by the  increase in  contracts
garnered by the additional sales force in 1996 and 1997. Additionally television
airtime  and  talent  costs  increased  as a result of the  additional  segments
produced and show airings.

     Selling  expenses  increased  by  $1,378,000,000  from  $620,000 in 1996 to
$1,998,000  in 1997 as a result  of the  increased  sales  force  and a  related
increase in selling supplies and long distance telephone expenses.

     General and administrative expenses increased by $1,172,000 from $2,287,000
in 1996 to  $3,459,000  in 1997.  The increase  was caused by hiring  additional
qualified  personnel  necessary to support the increased personnel in production
and  sales.  Space  costs  increased  in  order  to  accommodate  the new  hired
personnel.  Officers'  compensation  increased by  $1,200,000 as a result of the
Company's  increased  profitability  and  the  termination  of the  Company's  S
corporation election under Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997


      Revenues  increased by $205,000  from  $7,124,000 in 1997 to $7,330,000 in
1998.  Educational  television  programming  revenues decreased by $994,000 from
1997  while   shop-at-home   television   program   revenues  were   $1,198,000.
Additionally,  retail  store  sales  from  products  appearing  on  shop-at-home
television programs were $42,000.


      Cost of revenues  increased from $1,581,000 in 1997 to $1,661,000 in 1998,
an increase of  $79,000.  The  increase  is  commensurate  with the  increase in
revenues as the gross margin percentage was approximately 78% in both years.

                                       8
<PAGE>
      Selling  expenses  decreased  by  $297,000  from  $1,998,000  in  1997  to
$1,701,000  in 1998 as result of a  decrease  in  salary  and wages of  $318,000
caused by a change in mix of contracts  executed in 1998 versus  1997.  Although
commissions  as a percentage  of contract  fees are  virtually the same for both
educational and  shop-at-home  television  programming,  educational  television
programming  fees are higher because the segments are longer,  they  potentially
reach a greater number of households and  accordingly  cost more to produce.  In
1998,  the  effect on  selling  wages was  impacted  to a greater  extent by the
decrease in the number of educational  television programming contracts executed
in 1998 as opposed to the  increase  in the  number of  shop-at-home  television
programming contracts executed in 1998.

      General and administrative expenses decreased from $3,459,000 in 1997 to
$3,248,000  in 1998,  a decrease of $211,000.  The  decrease was  primarily as a
result  of  a  decrease  of  officers'   compensation   because  of   diminished
profitability in 1998.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 AND 1999

          Revenues for the six months ended June 30, 1999 totaled  $4,841,000 as
opposed  to  $2,213,000  in  the  1998  period.  The  increase,   $2,628,000  is
attributable  to  $2,918,000 in  shop-at-home  television  programming  revenues
offset by a decrease of $398,000 in educational television programming revenues.
The decrease  was  principally  caused by a shift in  production  effort  toward
shop-at-home  television  programming.  Additionally,  the 1999 period  included
$13,000 of retail  store  sales and $7,000 of  fulfillment  sales and $88,000 in
internet sales of products featured on shop-at-home television programming.


          Cost of  revenues  for the 1999  period  increased  by  $405,000  from
$660,000 in 1998 to  $1,065,000  in 1999.  Gross margin  improved in 1999 to 78%
from 70% in 1998. The margin  improvement was attributable to production  effort
mix, whereby more shop-at-home  television  programming phases of production can
be and were  completed  in a fixed  amount of time than  educational  television
programming  thereby  generating  more  revenues  while costs remain  relatively
fixed.  This  occurs  primarily  because  of the  difference  in  length  of the
respective  programming  segments,  1 - 3 minutes  for  shop-at-home  television
programming as opposed to 3 - 5 minutes for educational television programming.


          Selling expenses for the 1999 period totaled  $1,274,000 as opposed to
$674,000 in 1998, an increase of $600,000.  The increase is  attributable  to an
increase in shop-at-home  television  programming  selling expenses of $713,000,
primarily  consisting  of  salary  and wages of and other  related  expenses  of
shop-at-home television program selling expenses.

          General and  administrative  expenses for the 1999 period increased by
$997,000 from $671,000 in 1998 to $1,668,000 in 1999.  The increase is primarily
attributable  to an increase in salaries  and wages  caused by a need to augment
the support staff  infrastructure  and the  additional  executive and managerial
demands upon the executive  officers as a result of the shop-at-home  television
programming business.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES


          The Company has financed its growth and cash  requirements in 1997 and
 1999 from  operations;otherwise  primarily  from sales of its  securities.  The
 Company does not currently

have any credit  facilities  from any financial  institutions or private lenders
other than its existing  capital lease  obligations  to GE Capital Trans Leasing
resulting  from the  financing of production  equipment  purchased in 1997 which
expires in the year 2000.

          For the year ended  December 31,  1996,  cash used in  operations  was
$20,000.  This was primarily  caused by the net loss for the year of $1,606,000,
an increase in accounts receivable of $242,000 offset by an increase in deferred
revenues of  $1,695,000.  The  Company's  policy is not to commence  significant
production efforts on any contract until the Participant pays in full, generally
in 30 days of  contract  execution,  in  accordance  with  contract  terms.  The
increase in accounts  receivable  was caused by the  activities of the increased
sales  force,  added  in  the  latter  part  of  the  fourth  quarter  of  1996.
Additionally,  accounts  payable  and  accrued  expenses  increased  by  $98,000
reflecting  the  increased  level  of  operations  for the  year.  Cash  used in
investing activities during 1996 was $73,000 for capital  expenditures  relating
to leasehold  improvements  to the additional  rental space  associated with the
additional sales force and to equip them with office furniture and equipment. As
a  result,  the net cash  decrease  for the year  approximated  $93,000  and was
principally financed from existing cash balances.

      For the year ended  December 31, 1997 cash balances for the year decreased
by $54,000.  Cash provided by operating  activities totaled $104,000,  primarily
caused by a decrease in deferred  revenues of $703,000,  a net loss for the year
of  $104,000  offset by a decrease  in accounts  receivable  of $536,000  and an


                                       9
<PAGE>

increase in deferred  taxes of $190,000.  The decrease in deferred  revenues was
primarily as a result of an increased  production  effort  expended on contracts
executed in 1996. The increase in deferred taxes is attributable to the decrease
in deferred revenue. Accounts receivable decreased due to the seasonality of the
industry  whereby the level of operations  tend to diminish  during the last two
weeks  of  December.  Accounts  payable  increased  by  $98,000  reflecting  the
increased  levels of  operations  for the year.  Depreciation  and  amortization
expense increased  $77,000 for the year as a result of the capital  expenditures
made toward the end of 1996  pertaining  to the  additional  sales force and the
capital  expenditures  of the current year  pertaining to  production  equipment
($98,000,  net of those purchases made by the incurrance of debt) to support the
increased level of operations. Cash used in financing activities totaled $60,000
of which $50,000 was used to pay capital lease  obligations  associated with the
acquisition  of  production  equipment.  The net cash  decrease for the year was
financed from existing cash balances.


      For the year ended  December 31,  1998,  cash used by  operations  totaled
$119,000.  The principal  uses of cash were a reduction in deferred  revenues of
$1,220,000  as a result of an emphasis in the fourth  quarter of 1998 to produce
and air shows in conjunction  with the holiday  season.  Additionally,  deferred
income  taxes  increased  by $734,000  primarily  as a result of the decrease in
deferred  revenues.  Accounts  receivable  decreased by $294,000  primarily as a
result of increased  collection  efforts  during  1998.  In December  1998,  the
Company issued 150,000  non-statutory  options to purchase 150,000 common shares
of the Company to three executive  officers and controlling  shareholders of the
Company  at an  exercise  price  less than fair  market  value as defined by the
Company's  Stock  Option  Plan.  The options  vested  immediately  and expire in
December 2003. The difference between the fair market value at the time of grant
and the  exercise  price for the 150,000  options  result in a source of cash of
$66,000. Cash used in investing activities totaled $131,0000, $63,000 associated
with leasehold  improvements for the retail store opened in the third quarter of
1998 and $52,000  associated with leasehold  improvements,  office furniture and
equipment  associated with the  shop-at-home  television  programming  operation
introduced in the third quarter of 1998.  Cash provided by financing  activities
totaled  $204,000  for 1998.  The  principal  source was from the sale of 25,000
shares of its Common Stock ($250,000)  pursuant to a private offering under Rule
506 of Regulation D of the Securities Act of 1933 as amended,  in July 1998. The
proceeds were primarily used for working capital.  Additionally, the Company had
a bank  overdraft  of $89,000 at  December  31, 1998 caused by an excess of cash
needs over and above cash balances and anticipated  cash  collections.  The bank
overdraft,  which occurs  infrequently,  is reflected in the pro forma financial
statements,  and results from a variation  between those estimates (of receipts)
and actual  results.  The Company has an informal  arrangement  with a financial
institution  to allocate the  Company's  financial  resources  in multiple  cash
accounts in order to minimize bank overdrafts.  The Company has not been charged
interest  on  overdrafts  but has  paid a fee of $30 for  each  overdraft  check
honored by the bank. The Company also made capital lease obligation payments, in
connection with production equipment purchased in 1997, totaling $48,000. During
the  fourth  quarter  of  1998,  the  Tricom  loaned  a  company,  Legal  Street
Enterprises,  Inc.,("Legal  Street"),  a total of $87,000 which was subsequently
increased  to $97,000 in January  1999.  The  President  and Vice  President  of
Site2Shop.Com,  who  are  controlling  shareholders  of  Site2Shop.Com,  own 67%
collectively  of the Legal  Street.  In  February  1999,  Legal  Street  gave an
unsecured Note to Site2Shop.Com  requiring interest payments,  at the rate of 8%
per  annum on the  unpaid  principal  to  commence  on August 1, 1999 and for 59
consecutive months thereafter.  A balloon payment of the principal amount is due
with the 60th month's interest  payment.  The net cash decrease for the year was
$46,000 financed from existing cash balances.




          At June 30, 1999,  the Company had a working  capital  deficiency of
$1,462,000 and stockholders'  deficit of $,948,000.  Additionally,  the Company
had  signed  contracts  totaling  $,972,000  for  which  performance  had yet to
commence and payment had yet to be received. The Company does not consider these
contracts  to be part of  accounts  receivable  or  working  capital.  Operating
activities  for the period  provided cash of $522,000  primarily from net income
for the period of $501,000 and a increase in deferred revenue of $240,000 offset
by an increase in accounts  receivable  of  $593,000.  The  increase in deferred
revenue is attributable to an increase in contract volume during the quarter and
the Company's efforts to maintain  production  activities  commensurate with the
growth in contract  volume.  The  increase in  accounts  receivable  is directly
related to the increase in contract volume. Additionally,  deferred income taxes


                                       10
<PAGE>

increased  as  a  result  of  the  increased   profitability   of  the  Company.
Additionally,  the Company  purchased  from  Participants  inventory in order to
support its internet sales efforts.  Cash used in investing  activities  totaled
$146,000 reflecting capital expenditures for the period, $88,000 relating to the
purchase of computer  hardware and  software,  so as to be Year 2000  compliant.
Cash provided from financing  activities  totaled $894,000  primarily from the a
sale of Company shares of common stock to private accredited  investors pursuant
to an offering  under Rule 504 of Regulation D of the  Securities Act of 1933 as
amended,  a repayment  during the quarter of a bank  overdraft of $89,000  which
existed as of December 31, 1998.  On April 6, 1999,  the Company  completed  the
private offering by selling an aggregate of 1,000,800 shares of its common stock
and raised $1 million.  The  proceeds  have been  invested in cash  equivalents,
however  the  Company  plans to use such  proceeds  for the (i)  opening  of two
offices in south  Florida in the  beginning of the third quarter of 1999,(ii) to
expand and enhance its current  internet  presence with the intent of increasing
distribution opportunities of the products and services of Participants featured
on its  television  programming  and (iii) to  purchase  computer  hardware  and
software  necessary to be Year 2000 compliant.  None of the proceeds are subject
to binding agreements and accordingly, the Company will have broad discretion in
the  application  of such  proceeds.  As of June 30, 1999,  the  Company's  best
estimate of the anticipated  costs of such projects are $400,000 for the opening
of the two offices,  $300,000 for the expansion and  enhancement  of its current
internet  presence,  $100,000 for the purchase of computer hardware and software
and the remaining $200,000 for general working capital purposes.

     The  Company  has not  generated  sufficient  working  capital  to fund its
operating  activities.  The Company had financed its activities through the sale
of its shares of its common  stock to private  investors  under  exemption  from
registration  of such  securities  provided by the  Securities  Act of 1933.  In
February  1999,  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  revised Rule 504 of
Regulation D to effectively limit the circumstances  where general  solicitation
is permitted and "freely  tradable"  securities may be issued in reliance on the
Rule to transactions:


               (1) registered  under  state  law  requiring  public  filing  and
                   delivery of a disclosure  statement to investors before sale,
                   or

               (2) exempted under state law permitting general  solicitation and
                   advertising  so  long as the  sales  are  made to  accredited
                   investors.

Since most  transactions  under Rule 504 are private ones, they will continue to
be permissible  under exemption,  but general  solicitation and advertising will
not be  permitted  and the  securities  will be  "restricted".  In light of this
revision, the Company's ability to raise funds through the sale of "unrestricted
/ freely  tradable"  shares of its  common  stock to  private  investors  may be
severely impaired. Accordingly, there can be no assurances that the Company will
be successful in obtaining additional financing in connection with any
 financing possibility, on terms acceptable to the Company, or at all.

     The Company believes that the cash and cash equivalents  generated from its
current  level  of  operations  to be  sufficient  to meet its  working  capital
requirements over the balance of the current year. The Company continues to seek
opportunities for growth either through the opening of new offices, enhancing or
increasing production capacity,  acquisitions,  additional distribution channels
of its television programming of Participant's products and services and any and
all combinations thereof, and in connection therewith, may have to seek to raise
cash in the form of equity, bank debt or other debt financing.


STRATEGY

          The Company's goal is to be recognized as a national  leader in direct
response  marketing by  implementing  an  aggressive  growth  strategy.  The key
elements of the Company's strategy to achieve this objective are:

  *  Increase the Number of Customers  Participating in the Company's  Programs.
     The Company is constantly  searching for additional  participants seeking a
     cost  effective  means of  marketing  and  advertising  their  products and
     services which potentially  represent  additional  opportunities of selling
     their  products   through  venues   currently  not  being  utilized  (i.e.,
     television,  internet and retail store), thereby increasing their revenues.
     As  part of the  process,  the  Company  searches  for  new entrepreneurial
     companies  offering  products  for  sale  that  currently  are  not  widely
     distributed,  appear to have  potential  consumer  appeal and have a retail
     price point which is conducive for high unit volume.  The Company believes
     that  there are  numerous  companies  with such a  profile  whose  means of
     product  distribution  venues could be  increased  with the  marketing  and
     distribution products and services offered by the Company.  The Company
     believes that one way of affecting such a strategy is to open new offices

     whereby  each  office  will focus on a singular  theme of show,  e.g.  home
improvement,  sports products,  cooking, so as to develop a collective expertise


                                       11
<PAGE>

which  will  enable  the  Company  to  market  itself  as both  specialists  and
generalists and thereby expand its reach to potential new

     customers as well as re-marketing former prospective participants. In April
     1999,  the Company  completed  the sale of  1,000,800  shares of its common
     stock which raised $1,000,000. The Company has earmarked $400,000 from such
     proceeds,  to open two new offices in the beginning of the third quarter of
     1999.


   * Expand the Number of Distribution  Opportunities.  The Company  currently
     offers its customers' products for sale on its television programs, website
     and retail store.  As e-commerce  has  proliferated  in a relatively  short
     period of time,  the  number of  websites  offering  products  for sale has
     commensurately  increased.  The Company believes that during the next three
     years,  those companies which operate websites which are well  capitalized,
     maintain  technological  excellence and are retail/  auction  oriented will
     ultimately prevail in a consolidation of the marketplace,  thereby reducing
     the number of websites and companies which operate them.. The

     Company believes that such a consolidation  will ultimately lead to a lower
     transaction  cost thereby making websites  available to the Company and its
     customers  which were  formerly  cost  prohibitive.  These  cost  effective
     websites  could  provide  the Company  with  potential  additional  revenue
     opportunities  based upon the  numerous  products  and  services  currently
     featured on its  programs.  The Company is  continuously  monitoring  other
     auction  websites  for traffic and sales so as to identify  those  websites
     which  offer an  effective  manner  and  additional  means of  distributing
     products  and   services  of   Participants   featured  on  the   Company's
     shop-at-home   television   programming.   Additionally,   the  Company  is
     constantly seeking to upgrade its existing website so as to offer a greater
     number of products featured on its shopat-home  television  programming and
     to maintain its website so that products  available for sale on the website
     coincide with  products  currently  appearing on the show.  The Company has
     earmarked  $300,00  from  the  proceeds  of the  sale of its  common  stock
     (completed  in April 1999)  toward  expanding  and  enhancing  its internet
     presence.

 *   Maintain Industry  Leadership in Direct Response  Transactional  Television
     and Educational and Entertainment Television. The Company seeks to maintain
     and  utilize  state-of-the-art  production  equipment  in order to  produce
     television  programming reflecting technical excellence.  Additionally, the
     Company seeks to hire highly trained  production,  support and artistically
     creative  personnel.  The Company believes that by maintaining a high level
     of technological  excellence and well trained  personnel,  it can foster an
     increase in its customer base through  providing  high quality  programming
     which  promotes   increased  revenue  potential  for  its  direct  response
     customers  and  heightens  public  awareness  of  issues  pertinent  to its
     educational programming customers.

          The  Company's  ability  to grow is  dependent  upon  its  ability  to
identify  suitable  candidates  for  its  services,  as  to  which  there  is no
assurance.


YEAR 2000 ISSUES

     The Company continues to address the impact of the Year 2000 issue upon its
business.  The Year 2000 issue is the result of computer  hardware  and software
programs  designed  to use two  digits  rather  than four  digits to define  the
applicable year.

     The Company has performed a comprehensive review of its computer systems to
identify those systems which could be adversely affected by the Year 2000 issue.
The Company  presently  believes  that with  modifications  and/or  upgrading to
existing  hardware and software and  conversion to new  software,  the Year 2000
problem  will not  pose a  significant  operational  problem  for the  Company's
computer systems as modified, upgraded and converted.  Additionally, the Company
is  in  the  process  of  communicating  with  suppliers,  customers,  financial
institutions  and others with whom it conducts  business  transactions to assess
whether they are Year 2000  compliant.  At this time,  the Company has not found
nor is  aware  of any  material  deficiencies  in  any  significant  customer's,
vendor's or financial institution's computer operations.


    The Company  replaced  substantial  portions of its  computer  hardware  and
software  during 1999,  as it  integrated  operations  of Tricom.  To date,  the
Company  has  spent  $100,000  toward  evaluating,   modifying,   upgrading  and
converting  existing  hardware  and  software  and  anticipates  that the  total
expenditure associated with the Year 2000 issue will approximate $150,000. Costs
to address Year 2000 issues with third parties have not been  estimated,  though
the Company expects that a substantial  portion,  if not all of such costs would
be borne by the respective third parties.


                                       12
<PAGE>

     It  is  anticipated  that  testing  of  all  modifications,   upgrades  and
conversions  will be  completed  by  late-summer  1999.  This  timing will allow
management to assess the need for a contingency plan, if required.  Based on the
results  to-date of the  Company's  review and the  modifications,  upgrades and
conversions already  undertaken,  management does not believe that the Year 2000
issue  will  have a  materially  adverse  impact  on the  Company's  operations,
liquidity or financial condition.  However,  under a "worst-case  scenario",  an
interruption of telecommunications services for an extended period of time could
impede the Company from garnering new business,  thus having a material  adverse
effect on the Company's operations and financial condition.


ITEM 3.  DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY
- ---------------------------------

         The Company currently leases approximately 15,797 square feet of office
and production  space at 2001 West Sample Road,  Pompano Beach,  Florida,  which
also serves as its corporate headquarters.  The current aggregate monthly rental
amount is $12,677.  Additionally,  the  Company is required to pay its  pro-rata
share of the common operating costs of the building.  The lease on this property
commenced on June 1, 1994 and continues  through May 2001,  with one  additional
three-year renewal option at the Company's discretion.  If the Company elects to
renew its lease,  prior to expiration,  the annual rent will be adjusted by four
percent per year.

         The Company leases  approximately  2,376 square feet of retail space at
the  Pompano  Square  Mall,  Pompano  Beach,  Florida,  which  houses its retail
facility.  The current  minimum  monthly  rental amount is $1,679,  inclusive of
sales tax.  Additionally,  the Company is required to pay incremental rent based
on a  percentage  of sales in excess of an annual  sales  volume at the mall and
it's pro-rata share of the common  operating  costs of the mall; both as defined
by the lease.  The lease on this  property  commenced  on February  15, 1998 and
continues through March 2001.

         Additionally, the Company rents 3,500 square feet of warehouse space on
a month-to-month basis at a monthly rental amount of $1,892.


ITEM 4.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------

         The  following  table  sets forth  certain  information  regarding  the
Company's  Common  Stock  beneficially  owned on April  30,  1999,  for (i) each
shareholder known by the Company to be the beneficial owner of five (5%) percent
or more of the Company's  outstanding  Common Stock,  (ii) each of the Company's
executive  officers and directors,  and (iii) all executive officers as a group.
In general,  a person is deemed to be a "beneficial owner" of a security if that
person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting of such security, or
the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security.  A person
is also deemed to be a beneficial  owner of any  securities  to which the person
has the right to acquire  beneficial  ownership  within sixty (60) days. At June
30, 1999, there were 12,479,702 Shares ("Shares") of the Company's Common Stock,
par value $.001 (the "Common Stock") outstanding.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name and Address of          Number of Shares of Common        Percentage of
Beneficial Owner (1)       Stock Beneficially Owned         Beneficial Ownership
- ----------------------    -------------------------        ---------------------
<S>                               <C>       <C>                   <C>
Mark Alfieri                      4,596,985 (2)                   35.7
Jack Alan Levine                  4,601,000 (3)                   35.7%
Eric Warm                         1,390,190 (4)                   11.0%
Mark Weicher                             -  (5)                    -.%
All Executive Officers and
Directors as a Group (4 persons) 10,593,175                       78.8%
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------

(1)      Unless  otherwise  indicated,   the  address  of  each  of  the  listed
         beneficial owners  identified is 2001 West Sample Road,  Pompano Beach,
         Florida 33064.

(2)      Mr.  Alfieri  is  Chief  Executive  Officer,  Director,  President  and
         Treasurer of the Company. Includes options to purchase 61,905 Shares at
         $1.00 per Share through  December 21, 2003 and 348,000 Shares at $2.375
         per Share through March 31, 2004. Includes 3,702,500 shares held by the
         Alfieri-Eade  Family Limited Partnership #1 of which Mr. Alfieri is the
         general partner.

(3)      Mr.  Levine is Chairman of the Board of Directors,  Vice  President and
         Secretary of the Company. Includes options to purchase 61,905 Shares at
         $1.00 per Share through  December 21, 2003 and 348,000 Shares at $2.375
         per Share through March 31, 2004. Includes 3,702,500 shares held by the
         Jack Alan Levine Family Limited Partnership #1 of which Mr.
         Levine is the general partner.

                                       13
<PAGE>

(4)       Mr. Warm is Chief  Operating  Officer  and a Director of the  Company.
          Includes  options to purchase 26,190 Shares at $1.00 per Share through
          December 21, 2003 and 104,000 Shares at $2.375 per Share through March
          31, 2004.

(5)      Mr. Weicher is Chief Financial Officer of the Company. Does not include
         options to purchase  5,000 Shares at $1.00 per Share  through March 31,
         2004;  options vest upon the  completion  of 24 months with the Company
         (January 24, 2001). Mr. Weicher's percentage of beneficial ownership is
         less than 0.01%.


ITEM 5.  DIRECTORS and EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
- ------------------------------------------

          The following  table sets forth the names,  positions with the Company
and ages of the executive officers and directors of the Company.  Directors will
be elected at the Company's annual meeting of shareholders and serve for one
year or until their  successors are elected.  Officers are elected by the Board,
and their terms of office are, except as governed by employment contract, at the
discretion of the Board.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name                                      Age      Position
<S>                                       <C>
Mark A. Alfieri                           30       Chief Executive Officer,
                                                    President and Treasurer
Jack A. Levine                            41       Vice President, Secretary and
                                                   Chairman of the Board of
                                                   Directors
Eric J. Warm                              30       Chief Operating Officer, Vice
                                                   President and Director
Mark Weicher                              47       Chief Financial Officer
</TABLE>


Mr. Alfieri has served as Chief Executive Officer, President and Treasurer since
July 1998. In July 1994, Mr. Alfieri founded Alfieri  Marketing  Corporation,  a
fully integrated marketing firm and predecessor to Shop TV and Television,  Inc.
In 1991,  Mr.  Alfieri  founded  Alfieri and  Associates,  Inc., a marketing and
advertising company and the predecessor of Tricom Pictures & Productions, Inc.

Mr.  Levine has served as Vice  President and Chairman of the Board of Directors
since July 1998. Prior to such time, Mr. Levine  co-founded  Tricom Pictures and
Productions, Inc. with Mr. Alfieri in 1994 and has served as its Vice President.

Mr. Warm has served as Chief  Operating  Officer and  Director  since July 1998.
From 1994 through June 1998, Mr. Warm has served as Vice President of Operations
of Tricom Pictures and Productions, Inc. Mr. Warm received a Bachelor of Science
in Business Administration from the University of Florida in 1990.

Mr. Weicher has served as Chief Financial  Officer since January 1999. From 1997
through  1998,  Mr.  Weicher  served in a similar  capacity at  Computer  Access
International,  Inc.,  a  refurbisher  and  distributor  of trailing  technology
hardware  and  peripherals.   Mr.  Weicher  served  as  Controller  of  Complete
Management,  Inc., a physician  practice-management  company,  from 1995 through
1996.  From  1992  through  1994,  Mr.  Weicher  served  as  Controller  of Ware
Industries,  Inc. a manufacturer  and  distributor of light gauged,  roll formed
steel products. Mr. Weicher is a Certified Public Accountant in the State of New
York.


ITEM 6.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
- -------------------------------

         The following table sets forth the cash and other  compensation paid by
the Company to its Chief Executive Officer and to each of the executive officers


                                       14
<PAGE>
of the Company who received  annual  compensation  in excess of $100,000 for the
year ended December 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
                            SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<CAPTION>

NAME AND                                                            OTHER ANNUAL
PRINCIPAL POSITION            SALARY            BONUS               COMPENSATION
- ----------------------      --------        ------------           -------------
<S>                         <C>               <C>                     <C>    <C>
Mark Alfieri,
Chief Executive Officer     $175,515          $125,000                $5,607 (1)
Jack Levine,
Vice President              $192,495          $125,000                $5,846 (1)
Eric Warm
Chief Operating Officer     $248,865          $      0                $    0
</TABLE>
- ----------

(1) Represents auto lease payments and related costs.


OPTION HOLDINGS

         The following table sets forth information with respect to the grant of
options  to  purchase  shares of common  stock  during the  calendar  year ended
December  31,  1998  ("1998)  and for the six month  period  ended June 30, 1999
("1999"), to each person named in the Summary Compensation Table.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            NUMBER OF     % OF TOTAL
                           SECURITIES    OPTIONS/SARS     EXERCISE
                           UNDERLYING      GRANTED TO      OR BASE
                          OPTIONS/SARS   EMPLOYEES IN      PRICE          EXPIR.
   NAME         PERIOD    GRANTED(#)(1)     PERIOD        ($/SHARE)         DATE
- ----------      ------   --------------  ------------   -----------  -----------
<S>              <C>       <C>              <C>           <C>           <C>
Mark Alfieri     1999      348,000          40.9          $2.375     Mar.31,2004
                 1998       61,905          39.6          $1.00      Dec.21,2003

Jack Levine      1999      348,000          40.9          $2.375     Mar.31,2004
                 1998       61,905          39.6          $1.00      Dec.21,2003

Eric Warm        1999      104,000          12.2          $2.375     Mar.31,2004
                 1998       26,190          16.7          $1.00      Dec.21,2003
</TABLE>
- ----------

(1)  None of the above  parties have  exercised  any of their options as of June
     30, 1999. All of the above options vested on the respective  date of grant;
     April 1,  1999 and  December  22,  1998  respectively.  There  are no other
     conditions of vesting. .


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

         Mark Alfieri,  President and CEO. On June 29, 1998, the Company entered
into a  three-year  employment  agreement  (the  "Agreement")  with Mr.  Alfieri
whereby  Mr.  Alfieri  will  serve as  President  and a member  of the  Board of
Directors  and received a signing bonus of $125,000.  The  Agreement  called for
annual base  compensation of $450,000 in 1998 and $250,000 in 1999 and 2000 with
bonuses  based upon the Company  earning a minimum  net income of  $250,000  and
bonus payments ranging from $50,000 to $125,000 predicated on net income ranging
from $250,001 to $500,000 for 1998 and 1999. Bonus payments for 2000 would range
from $50,000 to $125,000  predicated on Company earning net income (after bonus)
ranging from $500,001 to $750,000.  Additionally,  the Agreement  provides for a
monthly auto  allowance of $1,200 plus  insurance and  maintenance.  On April 4,
1999, the Company and Mr. Alfieri mutually  modified the Agreement,  retroactive
to  April 1,  1999,  as a result  of the  acquisition  of  Tricom  Pictures  and
Productions,   Inc.  (See  Part  II  Item  4.-  Recent  Sales  of   Unregistered
Securities),  whereby the annual compensation was raised to $325,000 and bonuses
are to be paid  monthly at the  discretion  of the Bonus  Committee of which Mr.
Alfieri is a member.  The Agreement is  automatically  renewable for  successive
one-year  terms unless the parties  mutually agree in writing to alter the terms
or one or both of the parties  exercises  their right,  in  accordance  with the
terms of the Agreement, to terminate the Agreement.

          Jack Levine,  Vice  President.  On June 29, 1998, the Company  entered
into a three-year employment agreement (the "Agreement") with Mr. Levine whereby
Mr.  Levine will serve as Vice  President and a member of the Board of Directors
and received a signing bonus of $125,000.  The Agreement  called for annual base
compensation  of  $450,000 in 1998 and  $250,000  in 1999 and 2000 with  bonuses
based  upon the  Company  earning a minimum  net  income of  $250,000  and bonus
payments ranging from $50,000 to $125,000  predicated on net income ranging from


                                       15
<PAGE>

$250,001 to $500,000 for 1998 and 1999. Bonus payments for 2000 would range from
$50,000 to  $125,000  predicated  on Company  earning net income  (after  bonus)
ranging from $500,001 to $750,000.  Additionally,  the Agreement  provides for a
monthly auto  allowance of $1,200 plus  insurance and  maintenance.  On April 4,
1999, the Company and Mr. Levine mutually modified the Agreement, retroactive to
April  1,  1999,  as  a  result  of  the  acquisition  of  Tricom  Pictures  and
Productions, Inc. (See Part II Item 4.-Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities),
whereby the annual  compensation  was raised to  $325,000  and bonuses are to be
paid monthly at the  discretion of the Bonus  Committee of which Mr. Levine is a
member. The Agreement is automatically  renewable for successive  one-year terms
unless the parties  mutually  agree in writing to alter the terms or one or both
of the  parties  exercises  their  right,  in  accordance  with the terms of the
Agreement, to terminate the Agreement.

         Eric Warm,  Vice President and Chief  Operating  Officer.  On August 1,
1998,  the  Company  entered  into  a  three-year   employment   agreement  (the
"Agreement")  with Mr.  Warm  whereby  Mr.  Warm will  serve as Chief  Operating
Officer and a member of the Board of Directors.  The Agreement called for annual
base compensation of $200,000 in 1999 and 2000  respectively,  with 1999 bonuses
based upon Company  earning a minimum net income of $250,000 and bonus  payments
ranging from $25,000 to $62,500  predicated on net income  ranging from $250,001
to  $500,000.  Bonuses in 2000 are based upon the Company  earning a minimum net
income of $500,000 and bonus payments ranging from $25,000 to $62,500 predicated
on net income  ranging from  $500,001 to $750,000.  Additionally,  the Agreement
provides for a monthly auto allowance of $500 plus insurance and maintenance. On
April 4, 1999,  the  Company  and Mr.  Warm  mutually  modified  the  Agreement,
retroactive to April 1, 1999, as a result of the  acquisition of Tricom Pictures
and  Productions,  Inc.  (See  Part  II  Item  4-Recent  Sales  of  Unregistered
Securities),  whereby  bonuses are to be paid monthly at the  discretion  of the
Bonus  Committee of which Mr. Warm is a member.  The Agreement is  automatically
renewable for  successive  one-year  terms unless the parties  mutually agree in
writing to alter the terms or one or both of the parties  exercises their right,
in accordance with the terms of the Agreement, to terminate the Agreement.


1998 AMENDED STOCK OPTION PLAN

         On September 10, 1998 the Board of Directors adopted the Company's 1998
Stock  Option Plan (the  "Plan").  On December 1, 1998,  the Plan was amended by
Consent of the Board of  Directors  and  Majority  Shareholders  to increase the
number of shares of common  stock  which may be  purchased  by option (the "Plan
Option" as hereinafter defined), from 1,500,000 to 3,000,000.

         The Company  believes  the Plan will foster an increase in  proprietary
interest in the Company by its directors,  officers,  employees and consultants,
and to align more closely  their  interests  with the interests of the Company's
shareholders. The Plan will also aid the Company in attracting and retaining the
services of experienced and highly qualified  employees and  professionals.  The
Board of Directors or a Committee of the Board of Directors  (the  "Committee"),
of the Company, will administer the Plan which includes, without limitation, the
selection of the person(s) who will be granted Plan Options under the Plan,  the
type of Plan  Options to be granted,  the number of shares  subject to each Plan
Option and the Plan Option price.

         Plan Options granted under the Plan may either be options qualifying as
incentive stock options ("Incentive  Options") under Section 422 of the Internal
Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended,   or  options  that  do  not  so  qualify
("Non-Qualified  Options").  In addition, the Plan also allows for the inclusion
of a reload option provision ("Reload Option"), which permits an eligible person
to pay the  exercise  price of the Plan Option with shares of Common Stock owned
by the  eligible  person and to receive a new Plan Option to purchase  shares of
Common  Stock  equal in number to the  tendered  shares.  Any  Incentive  Option
granted under the Plan must provide for an exercise  price of not less than 100%
of the fair market  value (as defined) of the  underlying  shares on the date of
such  grant,  but the  exercise  price of any  Incentive  Option  granted  to an
eligible employee owning 10% of the Company's Common Stock must be at least 110%
of such fair market value as  determined  on the date of the grant.  The term of
each Plan Option and the manner in which it may be  exercised is  determined  by
the Board of Directors  or the  Committee,  provided  that no Plan Option may be
exercisable more than 10 years after the date of its grant and in the case of an
Incentive  Option  granted to an eligible  employee  owning more than 10% of the
Company's Common Stock, no more than five years after the date of the grant. The
exercise  price of  Non-Qualified  Options  shall be  determined by the Board of
Directors or the Committee.

         The per share  purchase  price of shares  subject  to the Plan  Options
granted  under the Plan may be adjusted  in the event of certain  changes in the
Company's  capitalization,  but any such  adjustment  shall not change the total
purchase  price payable upon the exercise in full of Plan Options  granted under
the Plan. Officers,  directors, key employees and consultants of the Company and
its  subsidiaries  will be eligible to receive  Non-Qualified  Options under the
Plan. Only officers, directors, and employees of the Company who are employed by
the  Company or by any  subsidiary  thereof are  eligible  to receive  Incentive
Options.

                                       16
<PAGE>
         All Plan Options are  non-assignable  and  non-transferable,  except by
will or by the laws of descent  and  distribution,  during the  lifetime  of the
optionee,  and  may  be  exercised  only  by  such  optionee.  If an  optionee's
employment  is  terminated  for any reason  (other than death or  disability  or
termination for cause),  or if an optionee is not an employee of the Company but
is a member of the Company's Board of Directors and his service as a Director is
terminated  for any reason  (other  than death or  disability),  the Plan Option
granted  to him shall  lapse to the  extent  unexercised  on the  earlier of the
expiration  date or 30  days  following  the  date  of his  termination.  If the
optionee dies during the term of his employment,  the Plan Option granted to him
shall lapse to the extent  unexercised on the earlier of the expiration  date of
the Plan Option or the date one year following the date of the optionee's death.
If the  optionee  is  permanently  and  totally  disabled  within the meaning of
Section 22(c) (3) of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, the Plan Option granted
to him lapses to the extent unexercised on the earlier of the expiration date of
the option or one year following the date of such disability.

         The Board of Directors or the Committee may amend, suspend or terminate
the Plan at any time, except that no amendment shall be made which (i) increases
the total number of shares  subject to the Plan or changes the minimum  purchase
price therefor (except in either case in the event of adjustments due to changes
in the Company's  capitalization),  (ii) affects outstanding Plan Options or any
exercise right thereunder,  (iii) extends the term of any Plan Option beyond ten
years, or (iv) extends the termination  date of the Plan.  Unless the Plan shall
theretofore  have been  suspended or terminated  by the Board of Directors,  the
Plan  shall  terminate  approximately  10  years  from  the  date of the  Plan's
adoption.  Any such termination of the Plan shall not affect the validity of any
Plan Options previously granted thereunder.

          As of June 30, 1999,  1,004,925 Plan Options are outstanding  pursuant
to the Plan. The following table summarizes the status of the Options issued and
outstanding:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                            Number of Securities       Exercise Price    Expiration
Date of Grant                Underlying Options           Per Share         Date
- -----------------             -----------------     ----------------------------
<S>                              <C>
Sep. 10, 1998   (1)               6,375                   $ 35.625       Sep.  9, 2003
Dec. 22, 1998   (2)             150,000                   $  1.00        Dec. 21, 2003
Expired options (3)                (470)                  $ 35.625       Sep.  9, 2003
                              ----------
Balance at December 31, 1998    155,905
Apr.  1, 1999   (2)             800,000                   $  2.375       Mar. 31, 2004
Apr.  1, 1999   (4)              50,000                   $  1.00        Mar. 31, 2004
Expired options (3)                (980)                  $ 35.625       Sep.  9, 2003
                              ----------
Balance at June 30, 1999      1,004,925  (5)               Sep. 9, 2003 - Mar. 31, 2004
                              ==========


</TABLE>

Notes:
(1)     Options vest upon grantee's  completion of 36 months of employment  from
        initial  hire Date.  No  grantee's  options had vested as of the date of
        grant.

(2)     All options vest upon date of grant.

(3)     All options expired as a result of grantee's termination of employment.

(4)     All options vest upon completion of 24 months of employment from date of
        grant.

(5)     As of June 30,  1999,  952,675  options had  vested,  none of which were
        exercised.  The remaining 52,250 options outstanding as of June 30, 1999
        had not vested nor were exercised.


ITEM 7.  INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHER CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------

          On February 10, 1999 the Company  announced plans to acquire Tricom in
exchange  for 10  million  shares of the  Company's  Common  Stock,  subject  to
receiving a fairness  opinion  reflecting a valuation of Tricom of not less than
$10  million.  The  Company's  Board of  Directors  retained  the services of an
independent  experienced  business  appraisal firm to make such a determination.
The firm concluded that based on its review and analysis of the  transaction and
all  relevant  factors and data,  the fair market  value of Tricom  approximated
$11.4 million and that  transaction was fair to the  shareholders of the Company
from a financial  point of view . On March 8, 1999,  the Company  completed  its
acquisition of Tricom based on the previously  announced  terms.  Tricom was 85%
owned by three Executive  Officers of the Company (Messrs.  Alfieri,  Levine and


                                       17
<PAGE>

Warm) at the time of acquisition  and the remaining five  shareholders of Tricom
(Messrs. R. Secreto,  D. Campbell,  N. Ferber, C. Grossman and G. Grossman) were
existing  stockholders of the Company prior to the acquisition.  On the date the
Company's  shares were issued to the Tricom  stockholders  (March 8, 1999),  the
market value of the stock issued approximated $28,750,000.

          As of February 1, 1999,  the  Company  advanced  $97,000 to a company,
Legal Street  Enterprises,  Inc.,  which is 67% owned by the Executive  Officers
(Messrs. Alfieri and Levine, individually; 33.333% each) of the Company.
Interest payments at the rate of 8% per annum commence on August 1, 1999 and for
59 consecutive months thereafter. A balloon payment of the full principal amount
is due with the 60th month payment.


ITEM 8.  DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
- ----------------------------------

         The Company is authorized to issue 150,000,000  shares of Common Stock,
par value $.001 per Share. As of June 30, 1999, there were 12,479,702  shares of
Common Stock issued and outstanding.


COMMON STOCK

         The  holders  of shares of Common  Stock are  entitled  to share,  on a
ratable  basis,  such  dividends  as may  legally  be  declared  by the Board of
Directors  out  of  funds,   legally  available   therefor.   Upon  liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Company,  after payment to the  creditors,  the
assets of the  Company  will be divided  pro rata on a per share basis among the
holders of the Common Stock.

         Each holder of Common Stock is entitled to one vote.  Holders of Common
Stock do not have cumulative  voting rights which means that the holders of more
than 50% of the shares voting for the election of Directors can elect all of the
Directors  if they  choose to do so,  and,  in such  event,  the  holders of the
remaining  shares  will not be able to elect any  Directors.  The By Laws of the
Company require that only a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the
Company need be represented to constitute a quorum and to transact business at a
stockholders'  meeting.  The Common  Stock has no  preemptive,  subscription  or
conversion rights and is not redeemable by the Company.


OPTIONS

         Currently  there are options to  purchase up to 5,255  shares of Common
Stock of the Company at $35.625 per share which will vest upon  completion of 36
months of continuous  employment with the Company commencing with the optionee's
hire date and be exercisable through September 9, 2003.

         In addition, there are (i) options to purchase 150,000 shares of Common
Stock at $1.00 per share which are exercisable  immediately and through December
21, 2003;  (ii)  options to purchase  5,000 shares of Common Stock at $10.00 per
share which will vest on March 31,  2001 and be  exercisable  through  March 31,
2004; (iii) options to purchase 800,000 shares of Common Stock at $2.375 per
share which are  exercisable  immediately  and through March 31, 2004;  and (iv)
options to purchase  50,000 shares of Common Stock at $1.00 per share which will
vest upon  completion of 24 months of employment  from the date of grant and are
exercisable through March 31, 2004..


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

          As of June 30, 1999, the Company has outstanding  12,479,702 shares of
Common Stock. Of the total outstanding shares of Common Stock,  1,117,202 shares
of Common Stock are freely tradable without restriction or further  registration
under the  Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act"),  1,250,00  shares of Common Stock
(1,138,175 shares held by Executive Officers of the Company)will be eligible for
sale after June 23, 1999 under Rule 144,if the  conditions of the Rule have been
met. On July 30, 1998,  12,500  shares of Common Stock will be eligible for sale
under Rule 144. On March 7, 2000,  10,000,000  shares of Common Stock (8,500,000
shares held by  Executive  Officers of the  Company)  will be eligible  for sale
under  Rule 144,  if the  conditions  of the Rule are met.  On April  17,  2000,
100,000 shares of Common Stock will be eligible for sale under Rule 144.

         Under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose shares are  aggregated)  who
has beneficially  owned restricted  securities for at least one year,  including
the holding  period of any prior owner except an  affiliate,  would be generally
entitled to sell within any three month period a number of shares that does not
exceed the greater of (i) 1% of the number of the then outstanding shares of the
Common Stock or (ii) the average  weekly  trading  volume of the Common Stock in
the public market  during the four calendar  weeks  preceding  such sale.  Sales
under Rule 144 are also  subject to certain  manner of sale  provisions,  notice
requirements  and the  availability  of  current  public  information  about the
Company.  Any person (or persons whose shares are  aggregated) who is not deemed
to have been an a affiliate  of the Company at any time during the three  months


                                       18
<PAGE>

preceding a sale, and who has  beneficially  owned shares for at least two years
(including any period of ownership of preceding  non-affiliated  holders), would
be entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144(k)  without  regard to the volume
limitations,  manner-of-sale  provisions,  public  information  requirements  or
notice requirements.

          The Company is unable to estimate the amount of restricted  securities
that will be sold under Rule 144 because this will depend,  among other factors,
on  the  market   price  for  the  shares  of  Common  Stock  and  the  personal
circumstances of the sellers.



                                     PART II

ITEM 1  MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS OF THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
         OTHER SHAREHOLDER MATTERS
         -------------------------

     The Company's shares of Common Stock are traded over-the-counter and quoted
on the OTC Electronic  Bulletin Board under the symbol "EBUY". From inception of
listing on the OTC Electronic  Bulletin  Board (July 20, 1998) through  February
23, 1999,  the Company's  shares of Common Stock traded under the symbol "SHTV".
The  reported  high and low bid prices for the Common  Stock are shown below for
the period from  inception of trading in July 1998 through  August 20, 1999. The
quotations  reflect  inter-dealer  prices and do not  include  retail  mark-ups,
mark-downs  or  commissions.  The  prices  do  not  necessarily  reflect  actual
transactions.  On February 23, 1999,  the Company  implemented a reverse one for
ten (1:10) common stock split to shareholders of record as of February 22, 1999.
The prices listed below have not been restated to give retroactive effect to the
inception date of trading for such split.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Period                                                 High                 Low
- ------------------------------------------------      -------             ------
<S>  <C> <C>                           <C> <C>        <C>                 <C>
July 20, 1998 (inception) to September 30, 1998       $6.50               $1.625
Quarter Ended December 31, 1998                       $3.9375             $ .10


Quarter Ended March 31, 1999                          $4.125              $ .17
April 1, 1999 to June 30, 1999                        $3.8725             $1.00
July 1, 1999 to  September 23, 1999                   $1.6875             $1.00

</TABLE>


          The  closing bid and asked  prices of the  Company's  Common  Stock on
September  23,  1999 were  $1.00 and $1.00,  respectively,  as quoted on the OTC
Electronic  Bulletin  Board.  On August 31, 1999,  there were 55 shareholders of
record of the Company's Common Stock.


         The transfer agent for the Company's  Common Stock is Florida  Atlantic
Stock Transfer, Inc., 7130 Nob Hill Road, Tamarac, Florida, 33321.

         The  Company has never paid cash  dividends  on its Common  Stock.  The
Company  presently  intends to retain  future  earnings,  if any, to finance the
expansion of its business and does not  anticipate  that any cash dividends will
be paid in the foreseeable  future.  The future dividend policy will depend upon
the  Company's  earnings,  capital  requirements,   expansion  plans,  financial
condition and other relevant factors.


ITEM 2.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
- --------------------------

         The Company is involved in legal  proceedings  arising in the  ordinary
course of business. The Company is not involved in any legal proceedings that it
believes will result,  individually or in the aggregate,  in a material  adverse
effect upon its financial condition or its operations.


ITEM 3.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS
- ------------------------------------------------------

         Not Applicable.


                                       19
<PAGE>
ITEM 4.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SALES OF SECURITIES
- ---------------------------------------------------------

         On February 23, 1999 the Company  undertook a one for 10 (1:10) reverse
stock split of its Common  Stock.  All figures set forth below give  retroactive
effect to the reverse split.

         In June 1998, the Company issued  1,250,000  shares of its Common Stock
in  exchange  for 100% of the issued and  outstanding  (1,000)  shares of Common
Stock of Site2Shop,  pursuant to the  Agreement.  The issuance of the shares was
exempt from the registration requirements of the Act pursuant to Section 4(2) of
the Securities Act of 1933.

         On July 31, 1998,  the Company  completed a private  offering of 25,000
shares of Common  Stock in  consideration  of  $250,000  to two  accredited  and
otherwise  qualified  investors based on their financial resources and knowledge
of investments. In addition, each of the investors was provided with information
and had access to relevant information concerning the Company.  Accordingly, the
issuance of the securities was exempt from the registration  requirements of the
Act pursuant to the exemption set forth in Section 4(6) and Rule 506 of the Act.


          In January 8, 1999,  the Company  issued an option to  purchase  5,000
shares of Common Stock, exercisable at $10.00 per share during the period of

January  1, 2000  through  January  1,  2002.  The  options  were  granted as an
inducement to waive the  restriction  upon reverse splits of the Common Stock of
the  Company  for a period  of 18  months  contained  in the  Agreement  between
Tee-Rifik  and Shop TV and  Television,  Inc. The  purchaser  was  accredited or
otherwise had such  experience in financial and business  matters so that he was
able to  evaluate  the risks and merits of an  investment  in the  Company.  The
investor also was a former  officer with the Company  (Tee-Rifik  Corp.) and was
provided  access to relevant  information  concerning the Company.  He was not a
promoter nor was the market value of the underlying stock of the options granted
in excess of $60,000 on the date of grant.  Accordingly,  this  transaction  was
exempt from the registration  requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to the
exemption set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.


         On March 8, 1999, the Company  acquired all the issued and  outstanding
shares of Tricom, a company controlled by the executive officers of the Company,
for 10,000,000  shares of the Company's Common Stock. The issuance of the shares
was exempt the registration  requirements of the Act pursuant to Section 4(2) of
the Act.

         During the period of January 5, 1999 through April 6, 1999, the Company
issued  1,000,800  shares  of Common  Stock to 19  accredited  investors  and 10
non-accredited  investors for gross proceeds of $1,000,000 in connection with an
offering pursuant to Rule 504 of Regulation D of the Act.

          On April 8, 1999, the Company issued 50,000 shares of its Common Stock
to a consultant in  consideration  for services to be rendered.  The issuance of
the shares was exempt  from  registration  requirements  of the Act  pursuant to
Section 4 (2) of the Act.

          On April 15,  1999,  the Company  issued  40,000  shares of its Common
Stock to a consultant in consideration for services to be rendered over the next
four years.  The issuance was exempt from  registration  requirements of the Act
pursuant to Section 4 (2) of the Act.

          On April 18,  1999,  the Company  issued  10,000  shares of its Common
Stock to two  attorneys  for legal  services to be  rendered.  The  issuance was
exempt from  registration  requirements  of the Act pursuant to Section 4 (2) of
the Act.


ITEM 5.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
- --------------------------------------------------

          Section  78.751 of the Nevada  General  Corporation  Law,  provides as
follows:

         1.  A corporation  may indemnify any person who was or is threatened to
             be made party to any threatened,  pending or completed action, suit
             or  proceeding,   whether  civil,   criminal,   administrative   or
             investigative,  except  an  action  by  or  in  the  right  of  the
             corporation,  by reason  of the fact that he was or is a  Director,
             officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving
             at the  request  of another  corporation  as a  director,  officer,
             employee  or agent of  another  corporation,  partnership  or joint
             venture,  trust or other enterprise,  against  expenses,  including
             attorneys' fees,  judgements,  fines and amounts paid in settlement
             actually  and  reasonably  incurred by him in  connection  with the
             action,  suit or  proceeding  if he  acted in good  faith  and in a
             manner which he reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to the
             best  interests  of  the  corporation,  and,  with  respect  to any


                                       20
<PAGE>

             criminal action or proceeding,  had no reasonable  cause to believe
             his conduct was unlawful.  The  termination of any action,  suit or
             proceeding by judgement,  order, settlement,  conviction, or upon a
             plea of nolo  contendre  or its  equivalent,  does  not,  of itself
             create a presumption  that the person did not act in good faith and
             in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
             the best interests of the  corporation,  and that,  with respect to
             any  criminal  action or  proceeding,  he had  reasonable  cause to
             believe that his conduct was unlawful.

         2.  A corporation  may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
             threatened  to be  made a  party  to  any  threatened,  pending  or
             completed  action or suit by or in the right of the  corporation to
             procure a  judgement  in its favor by reason of the fact that he is
             or was a director,  officer,  employee or agent of the corporation,
             or is or was  serving  at the  request of the  corporation  or as a
             director,  officer,  employee  or  agent  of  another  corporation,
             partnership,  joint  venture,  trust  or other  enterprise  against
             expenses,  including amounts paid in settlement and attorneys' fees
             actually  and  reasonably  incurred by him in  connection  with the
             defense  or  settlement  of the  action or suit if he acted in good
             faith and in a manner which he reasonably  believed to be in or not
             opposed to the best interests of the  corporation.  Indemnification
             may not be made for any  claim,  issue or matter as to which such a
             person  has been  adjudged  by a court of  competent  jurisdiction,
             after  exhaustion  of all  appeals  therefrom,  to be liable to the
             corporation  or for amounts paid in settlement to the  corporation,
             unless and only to the extent that the court in which the action or
             suit  was  brought  or  other  court  of   competent   jurisdiction
             determines upon application  that in view of all the  circumstances
             of the case,  the  person  is fairly  and  reasonably  entitled  to
             indemnity for such expenses as the court deems proper.

         3.  To the extent  that a  Director,  officer,  employee  or agent of a
             corporation  has been  successful  on the  merits or  otherwise  in
             defense  of  any  action,   suit  or  proceeding   referred  to  in
             subsections  1 and 2,or in defense  of any  claim,  issue or matter
             therein,   he  must  be  indemnified  by  the  corporation  against
             expenses,   including  attorneys'  fees,  actually  and  reasonably
             incurred by him in connection with the defense.

         4.  Any indemnification under subsections 1 and 2, unless ordered by by
             a court or advanced  pursuant to  subsection 5, must be made by the
             corporation  only  as  authorized  in  the  specific  case  upon  a
             determination  that  indemnification  of  the  Director,   officer,
             employee  or  agent  is  proper   under  the   circumstances.   The
             determination must be made:

              (a)   By the stockholders;

              (b) By the  Board  of  Directors  by a  majority  vote of a quorum
              consisting  of Directors  who were not parties to the act, suit or
              proceeding;

              (c) If a majority  vote of a quorum  consisting  of Directors  who
              were not  parties to the act,  suit or  proceeding  do orders,  by
              independent legal counsel in written opinion; or

              (d) If a quorum  consisting  of Directors  who were not parties to
              the act, suit or proceeding  can not be obtained,  by  independent
              legal counsel in a written opinion.

         5.  The articles of  incorporation,  the bylaws or an agreement made by
             the  corporation  may provide  that the  expenses  of officers  and
             Directors incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or
             proceeding must be paid by the corporation as they are incurred and
             in advance of final disposition of the action,  suit or proceeding,
             upon receipt of an  undertaking  by or on behalf of the Director or
             officer to repay the  amount if it is  ultimately  determined  by a
             court  of  competent  jurisdiction  that he is not  entitled  to be
             indemnified by the  corporation.  The provisions of this subsection
             do not  affect  any  rights to  advancement  of  expenses  to which
             corporate  personnel  other  than  Directors  or  officers  may  be
             entitled under any contract or otherwise by law.

         6.  The indemnification and advancement of expenses authorized in or by
             a court pursuant to this section:

               (a) Does not exclude any other  rights to which a person  seeking
               indemnification  or advancement of expenses may be entitled under
               the articles of  incorporation or any bylaw,  agreement,  vote of
               stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise,  for either
               an  action in his  official  capacity  or an  action  in  another
               capacity while holding his office,  except that  indemnification,
               unless  ordered by a court  pursuant to  subsection  2 or for the


                                       21
<PAGE>

               advancement of expenses made pursuant to subsection 5, may not be
               made  to or on  behalf  of any  Director  or  officer  if a final
               adjudication  established  that  his acts or  omissions  involved
               intentional  misconduct,  fraud or a knowing violation of the law
               and was material to the cause of action.

               (b)  Continues  for a person  who has  ceased  to be a  Director,
               officer,  employee  or agent  and  inures to the  benefit  of the
               heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

          The Executed  Organizational  Meeting of Directors and Shareholders of
Site2Shop.Com, Inc. of February 24 1999 provides as follows:


               It is resolved that the  Corporation  shall hereby  indemnify and
               hold harmless all officers and directors of the Corporation  from
               any and all manner of action,  suit or legal proceeding  (whether
               judicial, quasi-judicial or administrative in nature) and whether
               such action,  suit or legal proceeding occurs on the trial level,
               appellate level or in any court or tribunal whatsoever.


                                       22
<PAGE>
                                    PART F/S


The financial statements and supplementary data are included herein.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

          The following financial statements of the Company, include the audited
consolidated  balance  sheet  at  December  31,  1998  and the  related  audited
consolidated statement of operations, consolidated changes in stockholders'

deficit,  and consolidated  cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1998 and
1997  giving  effect to the Tricom  acquisition  as if it occurred on January 1,
1997, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 1998 and 1999 and the
related  consolidated  statements of operations and consolidated  cash flows for
the six  months  ended  June 30,  1998  and 1999  giving  effect  to the  Tricom
acquisition as if it occurred on January 1, 1998.


          The pro forma  financial data is based upon the  historical  financial
statements of the Company and Tricom and include an unaudited pro forma combined
statement of  operations  for the year ended  December 31, 1998 giving effect to
the  Tricom  acquisition  as if it had  occurred  as of  January 1, 1998 and the
unaudited  pro forma  combined  balance  sheets as of  December  31, 1998 giving
effect to the Tricom acquisition as if it had occurred as of December 31, 1998.

          The financial  statements  also included the audited balance sheets of
Tricom  Pictures  and  Productions,  Inc.  as of  December  31,  1998  and  1997
respectively and the related audited statements of operations, changes in
stockholders'  deficit, and consolidated cash flows for the years ended December
31, 1998, 1997 and 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                              Table of Contents

                                                                      Page
                                                                      ----
SITE2SHOP.COM., INC.
<S>                                                                      <C>
Report of Independent Auditors................................        F- 1
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 1998............        F- 2
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Year Ended
 December 31, 1998............................................        F- 3
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Deficit for the
 Year Ended December 31, 1998.................................        F- 4
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Year Ended
 December 31, 1998............................................        F- 5
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements....................        F- 7
Interim Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1998
 (Audited)and June 30, 1999 (Unaudited)......................         F-13
Interim Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Six
 Months Ended  June 30, 1998 and 1999 (Unaudited)............         F-14
Interim Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three
 Months Ended June 30, 1998 and 1999 (Unaudited).............         F-15
Notes to Interim Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)        F-16


TRICOM PICTURES AND PRODUCTIONS, INC.
Report of Independent Auditors................................        F-19
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1998 and 1997...............        F-20
Statements of Operations and Accumulated Deficits for the
 Years Ended December 31, 1998 and 1997.......................        F-21
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December31, 1998
 and 1997.....................................................        F-22
Statement of Stockholders' Deficit for the Years Ended
 December 31, 1998 and 1997..................................         F-24
Notes to Financial Statements................................         F-25


PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA.....................................         F-29
</TABLE>


                                       23
<PAGE>


                       INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

                                                     March 5, 1999
To the Board of Directors
Site2Shop.Com, Inc.
Pompano Beach, Florida




         We  have  audited  the  accompanying   consolidated  balance  sheet  of
Site2Shop.Com,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  as of December 31, 1998 and the related
consolidated statements of operations,  stockholders' deficit and cash flows for
the years  ended  December  31,  1998 and 1997..  These  consolidated  financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audit.


         We conducted our audit in accordance with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining on a test basis,  evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.


         In our opinion,  the  financial  statements  referred to above  present
fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  consolidated  financial  position  of
Site2Shop.com, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998, and the results of
its operations
and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.




                                           /s/ Feldman Sherb Ehrlich & Co., P.C.
                                            Feldman Sherb Ehrlich & Co., P.C.
                                            Certified Public Accountants



New York, New York March 5, 1999
except for Note 11 as to which date
is April 6,1999.




                                     F - 1
<PAGE>


                       SITE2SHOP.COM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

                               DECEMBER 31, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                    ASSETS
                               ---------------

CURRENT ASSETS

<S>                                                                <C>
   Cash .........................................................  $     41,802
   Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of
     $429,118 ...................................................       634,052

   Prepaid and other current assets .............................       136,423

                                                                     -----------

        TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS ....................................       812,277

EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS, net .......................       306,178

ADVANCES TO RELATED PARTY........................................        87,000

OTHER ASSETS ....................................................        30,995

                                                                     -----------

         TOTAL ASSETS............................................  $  1,236,450

                                                                    ============

                       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
                       -------------------------------------

CURRENT LIABILITIES


   Bank overdraft................................................  $     89,098
   Accounts payable and accrued expenses ........................       295,427
   Deferred income taxes payable.................................       924,000
   Capital lease obligations- current portion....................        29,134
   Deferred revenue .............................................     2,640,378

                                                                     -----------

         TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES ..............................     3,978,037

CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS                                                20,465

STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
   Common Stock- $.001 par, 150,000,000 shares authorized,

     11,391,400 issued and outstanding ..........................        11,391
   Additional paid-in capital ...................................       305,233
   Accumulated deficit ..........................................    (3,078,676)

                                                                     -----------

         Total stockholders' deficit.............................    (2,762,052)

                                                                     -----------

         Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit.............  $  1,236,450

                                                                     ===========
</TABLE>


                     See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



                                      F - 2
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                       SITE2SHOP.COM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES


                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS



                                        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

                                          1998                     1997
                                    -----------              -----------------



<S>                               <C>                           <C>
REVENUES ........................ $  7,330,221                  $  7,123,683

COST OF REVENUES.................    1,661,275                     1,580,776
                                   ------------                   -----------
     GROSS PROFIT ...............    5,668,946                     5,542,907


EXPENSES

      Selling ...................    1,701,252                     1,998,148
      General and administrative.    3,247,782                     3,459,069
                                   ------------                   -----------
                                     4,949,034                     5,457,217
                                   ------------                   -----------

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES.......      719,912                        85,690

INCOME TAXES.....................      734,000                       190,000
                                   ------------                   -----------
NET LOSS......................... $    (14,088)                 $   (104,310)
                                   ============                   ===========

NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE-BASIC.. $      (0.01)                 $      (0.01)
                                  =============                   ===========


WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF COMMON

 SHARES- BASIC..................     10,782,085                   10,000,000
                                   ============                   ==========

</TABLE>







                   See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


                                      F - 3
<PAGE>



<TABLE>

                       SITE2SHOP.COM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES


                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT



                          YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1998



<CAPTION>

                             Common Stock         Additional                   Total
                           Number                  Paid-in     Accumulated  Stockholders'
                           of Shares    Amount     Capital       Deficit       Deficit
                          ----------  --------    ----------  -----------  -------------

<S>               <C> <C>  <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>
Balance, December 31, 1996 10,000,000  $10,000    $ (10,000)   $ (2,960,278) $ (2,960,278)

Net loss for year ended
  December 31, 1997.......                                         (104,310)     (104,310)
                           ----------   ------     ---------    ------------  ------------
Balance, December 31,
  1997.................... 10,000,000   10,000      (10,000)     (3,064,588)   (3,064,588)


Common stock issued for

   acquisition ...........  1,366,400    1,366       (1,366)             --            --



Sale of common stock .....     25,000       25      249,975              --       250,000

Stock options issued for
   services ..............         --       --       65,624              --        65,624


Net  for year ended
  December 31, 1998 ......         --       --           --         (14,088)      (14,088)

                           ----------   ------     ---------    ------------  ------------

Balance, December 31, 1998 11,391,400  $11,391    $ 304,233    $ (3,078,676) $ (2,762,052)

                           ==========   ======     =========    ============  ============
</TABLE>







                               See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


                                      F - 4
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                        SITE2SHOP.COM, INC.AND SUBSIDIARIES


                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASHFLOWS


                                                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

                                                     1998              1997
                                                -------------    --------------



CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

<S>                                             <C>              <C>
 Net loss..............................         $    (14,088)    $     (104,310)

                                                 ------------     --------------
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to
  net cash used in operations:

   Depreciation and amortization ......              103,329             77,460
   Stock options issued for services ..               65,624                 --
   Deferred income taxes...............              734,000            190,000

   Changes in assets and liabilities:

      Accounts receivable .............              293,908            536,323
      Prepaid and other current assets.             (136,423)             9,750
      Other assets ....................                2,361              (730)
      Accounts payable and accrued expenses           52,723             98,111
      Deferred revenue ....................       (1,220,313)          (703,029)
                                                 ------------     --------------
         Total Adjustments ................         (104,791)           207,885
                                                 ------------     --------------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) OPERATIONS.          (118,879)           103,575
                                                 ------------     --------------


CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 Capital expenditures .....................         (131,164)           (97,515)
                                                 ------------     --------------
NET CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES         (131,164)           (97,515)
                                                 ------------     --------------


CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 Cash overdraft............................          89,098                  --
 Repayment of capital lease obligations....         (48,156)            (50,480)
 Advance to related party..................         (87,000)                 --
 Proceeds from sale of stock ..............         250,000                  --
 Repayment to shareholder..................              --             (10,000)
                                                 -----------      --------------
NET CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY (USED IN)
  FINANCING ACTIVITIES                              203,942             (60,480)
                                                 -----------      --------------

NET CASH DECREASE..........................         (46,101)            (54,420)

CASH- beginning of year ...................          87,903             142,323
                                                 -----------      --------------
CASH- end of year .........................     $    41,802      $       87,903
                                                 ===========      ==============

</TABLE>






                    See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



                                      F - 5
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                       SITE2SHOP.COM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES


                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (continued)



                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,

                                                      1998            1997
                                                ------------     -------------



SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
      INFORMATION


<S>                                             <C>              <C>
Cash paid during the year for interest ....     $        --      $        9,815
                                                 ===========      ==============


Non-cash investing activities:


 Capitalized equipment leases..............     $        --      $     $126,296

                                                 ===========      ==============

 Common stock issued for acquisition ......     $     1,366      $           --
                                                 ===========      ==============


</TABLE>





                     See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


                                      F - 6
<PAGE>


                        SITE2SHOP.COM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                        NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998


1.   BUSINESS
- -------------


          On June 24, 1998, Site2Shop.Com, Inc., (formerly Tee-Rifik Corp.) (the
          "Company"),  a Nevada  corporation,  acquired  100% of the  issued and
          outstanding  shares  of  Shop  TV and  Television,  Inc.  ("Shop"),  a
          privately held Florida corporation.  The existing  stockholders of the
          Company  retained  their 116,400 shares and the  stockholders  of Shop
          received shares of the Company at a ratio of 1,250 to 1 for a total of
          1,250,000 shares.  Due to the majority  ownership of the Company after
          the  transaction  by the  former  Shop  stockholders  (91.5%)  and the
          Company's  lack of  substantial  assets,  liabilities,  or  marketable
          products  and/or  services,  the  transaction  is  considered  to be a
          reverse  acquisition,  whereby  Shop is  deemed  to be the  accounting
          acquirer and to be both the predecessor  entity and continuing entity.
          Accordingly,  the  combination  of the two  companies is recorded as a
          recapitalization  of Shop, whereby the combined assets and liabilities
          are recorded on an historical  basis.  As neither the Company nor Shop
          were actively  engaged in revenue  producing  activities prior to this
          transaction  the Company's  operations  have only been included  since
          June 24, 1998.

          On February 9, 1999,  the Company  entered  into an agreement to merge
          (the  "Merger  Agreement")  with  Tricom,  a  privately  held  Florida
          corporation,  engaged in the marketing, production and distribution of
          television   programming,   into  a   wholly-owned   subsidiary.   The
          stockholders  of Tricom;  three of whom are Executive  Officers of the
          Company  and  owned  71.0%  collectively  of the  common  stock of the
          Company (85% of Tricom) and five (remaining) stockholders collectively
          owned  5.6% of the  Company  (15% of  Tricom).  Under the terms of the
          Merger Agreement,  the Tricom stockholders exchanged their shares at a
          ratio of 100,000 to 1 for a total of 10 million shares. As a result of
          the merger,  the former Tricom  stockholders owned 96.8% of the shares
          of Common Stock of the Company and the transaction is considered to be
          a  reverse   acquisition  whereby  Tricom  is  considered  to  be  the
          accounting acquirer.  As both companies were under common control, the
          combination  of the two  companies  is  deemed  to be a  purchase  and
          accounted  for "as if" a pooling of  interests,  whereby the  combined
          assets  and   liabilities   are  recorded  on  an  historical   basis.
          Accordingly,  the  audited  balance  sheet  as of  December  31,  1998
          represents  the combined  balance  sheet as of the Company and Tricom.
          The audited Statements of Operations and Cash Flows for the year ended
          December 31, 1998  represents  the combined  operations of the Company
          and Tricom. The audited Statement of Operations and Cash Flows for the
          year ended  December 31, 1997  represent the operations and cash flows
          of Tricom. The Statements of Stockholders' Deficit for the years ended
          December  31, 1997 and 1998 are those of Tricom  giving  effect to the
          issuance of 10 million shares by the Company in  conjunction  with the
          acquisition of Tricom as of December 31, 1996.



         The Company's business is to market its vendors' products through (i) a
         half-hour shop-at-home program, (ii) its internet website, (iii) a

         commercial  retail store.  Additionally the Company produces  broadcast
quality educational,  entertaining and informative  television programs that are
distributed  nationally via cable channels,  network  affiliates and independent
stations nationwide.The Company, through a resolution of the

         Board of Directors, changed its name as of February 9, 1999.


2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
- -----------------------------------------------

   A.    Principles of Consolidation - The consolidated financial statements
         include the accounts of Site2Shop.com, Inc. and its wholly-owned

         subsidiary,  Shop  TV  and  Television,  Inc.  and  Tricom  Pictures  &
         Productions,   Inc..   All   significant   intercompany   accounts  and
         transactions have been eliminated in

         consolidation.

                                       F - 7
<PAGE>
                       SITE2SHOP.COM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

               NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998


2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued
- -----------------------------------------------------------

   B.    Equipment  and Leasehold  Improvements  - Equipment is carried at cost.
         Depreciation  and  amortization  are computed  using the  straight-line
         method  over  the  useful  lives  of  the  various  assets.   Leasehold
         improvements are amortized over the lesser of their useful lives or the
         lease term.

   C.    Revenue - A portion of revenue  represents  revenues from  contracts to
         produce television programs using the "percentage-of-completion-method"
         recognizing  revenue  relative  to the  proportionate  progress on such
         contracts as measured by the ratio which costs  incurred by the Company
         to date bear to total anticipated costs on each program.


         Deferred revenue  represents amounts which have been billed and not yet
         earned in accordance with this method. Deferred revenue at December 31,
         1998 was  $2,640,378.  At December 31, 1998 the Company had  additional
         signed contracts  totaling  $1,517,000 for which performance had yet to
         commence.


   D.    Fair Value of Financial  Instruments - The carrying amounts reported in
         the  balance  sheet  for  cash,   receivables,   and  accounts  payable
         approximate their fair market value based on the short-term maturity of
         these instruments.

   E.    Estimates - The preparation of financial  statements in conformity with
         generally accepted  accounting  principles  requires management to make
         estimates and  assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets
         and liabilities and disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities at
         the  date of the  financial  statements  and the  reported  amounts  of
         revenue and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could
         differ from those estimates.

   F.    Income  taxes - Income  taxes  are  accounted  for under  Statement  of
         Financial Accounting  Standards No.109,  "Accounting for Income Taxes,"
         which is an asset and liability  approach that requires the recognition
         of deferred  tax assets and  liabilities  for the  expected  future tax
         consequences  of  events  that have been  recognized  in the  Company's
         financial statements or tax returns.

   G.    Net income (loss) per share - The Company has adopted Statement of
         Financial Accounting Standard No. 128, Earnings per Share;" specifying
         the computation, presentation, and disclosure requirements of earnings
         per share information.  Basic earnings per share has been calculated
         based upon the weighted average number of common shares outstanding.
         Stock options have been excluded as common stock equivalents in the
         diluted earnings per share because they are either antidilutive, or
         their effect is not material. On February 23, 1999, the Company
         affected a 1 for 10 reverse stock split. The financial statements have
         been restated to give retroactive recognition to the reverse stock
         split.

   H.    Stock based  compensation - The Company accounts for stock transactions
         in accordance with APB Opinion No. 25,  "Accounting for Stock Issued to
         Employees."  In accordance  with the Statement of Financial  Accounting
         Standards  No.  123,  "Accounting  for Stock Based  Compensation,"  the
         Company has adopted the pro forma disclosure  requirements of Statement
         No. 123.

   I.    Impairment of long-lived assets - The Company reviews long-lived assets
         for impairment  whenever  circumstances and situations change such that
         there is an indication that the carrying  amounts may not be recovered.
         At  December  31,  1998,  the Company  believes  that there has been no
         impairment of its long-lived assets.

   J.    Concentration  of Risk - Credit losses,  if any, have been provided for
         in the financial statements and are based on management's expectations.
         The   Company's   accounts   receivable   are   subject  to   potential
         concentrations  of credit risk. The Company does not believe that it is
         subject to any unusual or  significant  risks,  in the normal course of
         business.


                                       F - 8
<PAGE>
                        SITE2SHOP.COM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

               NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998


3.   EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
- -----------------------------------------

   Equipment and Leasehold Improvements are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Estimated Useful     December 31,
                                                      Lives              1998
                                              -----------------     ------------


<S>                                              <C> <C>          <C>
Furniture and Fixtures ........................  7 - 10 Years     $      69,173
Computer Equipment ............................  5 -  7 Years           118,772
Office Equipment ..............................  5 -  7 Years           120,120
Leasehold Improvements ........................  3 -  6 Years            30,784
Leasehold Improvements - Retail Store .........       4 Years            37,505
Retail Store - Equipment ......................       5 Years             7,515
Retail Store - Signs ..........................       4 Years             4,200
Vehicles                                              3 Years             9,130
Production Equipment                                  7 Years           196,182

                                                                      ----------

                                                                        593,381

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

                                                                        287,203
                                                                      ----------
                                                                  $     306,178

                                                                      ==========
</TABLE>



4.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION

- -------------------------------



     At December 31, 1997,  the Company had advanced  $87,000 to a related party
     which is 67% owned by two of the Executive Officers of the Company; and who
     own 74% of the  Company.  The  advances  are payable on demand.  In January
     1999,  the  Company  lent an  additional  $10,000 at which time the related
     party gave the  Company a Note for $ 97,000 with  interest  accruing at the
     rate of 8% per annum.  Payment of interest  commences on August 1, 1999 and
     for 59 consecutive  months  thereafter and the principal to be paid in full
     with the last monthly interest payment.


5.   COMMON STOCK
- -----------------

     In July 1998, the Company completed a private placement of 25,000 shares of
     its common stock for $250,000.


6.   INCOME TAXES
- -----------------

     The  Company  accounts  for  income  taxes  under  Statement  of  Financial
     Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes ("SFAS No.109").
     SFAS No.109 requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities
     for  both  the  expected  impact  of  differences   between  the  financial
     statements  and tax basis of assets and  liabilities,  and for the expected
     future  tax   benefit   to  be  derived   from  tax  loss  and  tax  credit
     carryforwards.  SFAS No. 109 additionally  requires the  establishment of a
     valuation  allowance to reflect the  likelihood of  realization of deferred
     tax assets.

                                       F - 9
<PAGE>
                        SITE2SHOP.COM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

               NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998


6.   INCOME TAXES - continued
- -----------------------------
    The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed applying the
    statutory federal income tax rate to income before income taxes as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        December 31,
                                                    1998            1997
                                              -----------        -----------
<S>                                                <C>              <C>
Statutory federal income tax rate............      34.0             34.0
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit             3.6              3.6
Other........................................      64.4            184.1
                                                  ------          -------
                                                  102.0            221.7
                                                  ======          ======


</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                          December 31,
                                                       1998           1997
                                                   -----------     -------------

<S>                                               <C>               <C>
Income taxes computed at statutory rate           $    245,000      $    29,000
Effect of permanent differences ........               489,000          161,000
                                                      ---------       ---------
Provision for income taxes         )              $    734,000      $   190,000
                                                      =========       =========

</TABLE>


7.       CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS

- ----------------------------------


    The Company leases equipment under non cancelable lease  arrangements  which
    expire at various times during the year 2000. Principal payments under these
    capitalized lease obligations over their remaining terms are as follows:

           1999                                    $  33,111
           2000                                       21,790
                                                    --------
                                                      54,901
           Less: amounts representing interest         5,302

                                                    --------

           Net present values                         49,599
           Less capital lease obligations- current    29,134

                                                    --------

           Capital lease obligations               $  20,465

                                                    ========


8.   COMMITMENTS

- ----------------


   a.    Operating  Leases - The Company  leases its office,  retail store,  and
         warehouse under non-cancellable  operating leases. Rent expense for the
         years ended  December 31, 1998 and 1997 was $182,511 and $124,799.  The
         leases expire through May 2001.


                                       F - 10
<PAGE>
                           SITE2SHOP.COM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

               NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998


8.   COMMITMENTS - Operating Leases - continued
- -----------------------------------------------

         Minimum rental commitments are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   Minimum
         Year                       Rental
         ----                     --------

<S>      <C>                      <C>
         1999                     $ 172,618
         2000                     $ 175,194
         2001                     $  69,325

</TABLE>


   b.   Employment Agreements - the Company has employment agreements with three
        key executive officers.  The agreements continue for three years ending
        between June and August of 2001 and provide for severance payments under
        certain circumstances.  The agreements provide the officers with certain
        additional rights after a change of control (as defined) of the Company
        occurs.  As of December 31, 1998, if all of the officers under  contract
        were to be terminated without good cause (as defined) under these
        contracts, the Company's liability would be approximately $2,125,000.
        Additionally, certain officers received signing bonuses as part of these
        agreements and all officers are entitled to annual bonuses based on the
        net income of the Company.


   c.   Contingencies  - the  Company is a  defendant  in various  lawsuits  and
        claims  which  in  the  aggregate  seek  general  and  punitive  damages
        approximating  $82,000;  these matters arise out of the normal course of
        business.  The  Company  intends to  vigorously  defend  itself in these
        actions,  and in any event, does not believe these actions singularly or
        combined would have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
        statements or business operations.


9.   ACQUISITIONS

- -----------------


     The  acquisition of Tricom is a  reorganization  of Companies  under common
     control,  which has been  accounted  for as an "As If" pooling of interests
     with  Tricom  deemed  to  be  the  accounting  acquirer.  Accordingly,  the
     consolidated  financial statements have been restated for all periods prior
     to the acquisition to include the accounts and operations of Tricom.

     Net revenues and net loss for the individual entities are as follows:

     Year ended December 31,
       1998:                 Site2Shop.com        Tricom           Combined

     ----------------------- --------------    -------------  ------------------

     Net sales...........     $ 1,198,241        $ 6,131,980       $7,330,221
     Net income (loss)
     before extraordinary
     item.................    $(1,224,531)       $ 1,210,443       $  (14,088)
     Net income (loss)....    $(1,224,531)       $ 1,210,443       $  (14,088)


     Year ended December 31,


       1997:                 Site2Shop.com        Tricom           Combined
    ----------------------- --------------     -------------  ------------------
     Net sales............    $        --        $ 7,123,683       $7,123,683
     Net (loss) before
     extraordinary item...    $        --       $   (104,310)      $ (104,310)
     Net income (loss)....    $        --       $   (104,310)      $ (104,310)

                                       F - 11
<PAGE>
                       SITE2SHOP.COM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

               NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998

10.   STOCK OPTIONS

- ------------------

     The Company adopted a Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") in September 1998. The
     Plan is administered by a committee ("Committee") appointed by the Board of
     Directors and provides  that the  Committee  has sole  discretion to select
     options and to establish  terms and  conditions of each option,  subject to
     the  provisions  of the Plan.  If  options  granted  are  "incentive  stock
     options,"  the  exercise  price of the options may not be less than 100% of
     the fair market value of the Company's stock on the date of the grant (110%
     of the fair market  value if the grant is to an employee who owns more than
     10% of the outstanding common stock).  Non-statutory options may be granted
     under the Plan at an  exercise  price of not less  than 55% of fair  market
     value of the common stock on the date of the grant.  The maximum grant term
     is ten years. The Plan is designed for officers,  directors,  and other key
     employees  and is  authorized  to grant up to  3,000,000  shares  of common
     stock. As of December 31, 1998, 156,375 options have been granted at prices
     ranging from $1.00 to $35.60 per share and no options have been exercised.

     For  disclosure  purposes  the fair  value of each  stock  option  grant is
     estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model
     with the  following  weighted-average  assumptions  used for stock  options
     granted during the year ended December 31, 1998: annual dividends of $0.00,
     expected  volatility of 50%,  risk-free  interest rate of 6.0% and expected
     life of 5 years for all  grants.  The  weighted-average  fair values of the
     stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 1998 was $2.20.

     If the Company  recognized  compensation cost for the employee stock option
     plan in accordance  with SFAS No. 123, the Company's pro forma net loss and
     loss per share would have been $(1,432,677) and $(1.83) in 1998.

     The following table  summarizes the changes in options  outstanding and the
     related price ranges for shares of the Company's common stock:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Number of
                             Number of  Price per Share          Shares
                              Shares         Range              Exercisable
                           -----------  ---------------        --------------

<S>                            <C>        <C>                      <C>
 Outstanding at January 1,..
  1998.....................         -        -- -     --                -
Granted ...................    156,375    $1.00 - $35.60           150,000
Exercised .................         -        -- -     --                -
Canceled ..................       (730)        $35.60                   -
                               --------   --------------           -------
Outstanding at December 31,
  1998                         155,645    $1.00 - $35.60           150,000
                                          ==============           =======
</TABLE>

     On February 23, 1999, the Company  affected a 1 for 10 reverse stock split.
     All options granted and related  exercise prices have been restated to give
     retroactive recognition to the reverse stock split.


11.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT

- ----------------------



   .    As of April 6, 1999,  the Company had  completed a private  placement of
        1,000,800 shares of common stock for $1,000,000.



                                       F - 12
<PAGE>


                       SITE2SHOP.COM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES


                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      December 31,      June 30,
                                                          1998            1999
                                                     ------------    -----------
                                                      (Audited)      (Unaudited)

                     ASSETS
              ---------------

CURRENT ASSETS

<S>                                                  <C>            <C>
   Cash.........................................     $    41,802    $ 1,312,351
   Accounts receivable, net of allowance for
    doubtful accounts of $429,118 at December 31,
     1998 and $0 at June 30, 1999...............         634,052      1,227,107
   Inventory....................................              --         97,591
   Prepaid and other current assets ............         136,423        394,015

                                                      -----------    -----------

         TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS ..................         812,277      3,031,064

EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS, net ......         306,178        385,047

NOTE RECEIVABLE - related party.................          87,000         97,000

OTHER ASSETS ...................................          30,995         43,201

                                                      -----------    -----------

         TOTAL ASSETS...........................     $ 1,236,450    $ 3,556,312

                                                      ===========    ===========

            LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
            -------------------------------------

CURRENT LIABILITIES

   Bank overdraft..............................      $    89,098    $        --
   Accounts payable and accrued expenses ......          295,427        335,485
   Deferred income taxes payable...............          924,000      1,256,000
   Capital lease obligations- current portion..           29,134         22,074
   Deferred revenue ...........................        2,640,378      2,879,963

                                                      -----------    -----------

         TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES ............        3,978,037      4,493,522




CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS......................           20,465         10,800


STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

   Common Stock- $.001 par, 150,000,000 shares
    authorized, 11,391,400 issued and
    outstanding at December 31, 1998 and
    12,479,702 at June 30, 1999................           11,391         12,480
   Additional paid-in capital .................          305,233      1,589,863
   Accumulated deficit ........................       (3,078,676)    (2,550,353)

                                                      -----------    -----------

         Total stockholders' deficit...........       (2,762,052)      (948,010)

                                                      -----------    -----------

    Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit      $ 1,236,450    $  3,556,312

                                                      ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

                     See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                       F - 13
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           SITE2SHOP.COM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                         CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS


                   For the SIX MONTHS ENDED June 30, 1998 and 1999
                                       (Unaudited)



                                                   Six months ended June 30,
                                                --------------------------------
                                                     1998              1999
                                                -------------      -------------
<S>                                             <C>                <C>
REVENUES ........................               $  2,213,338       $  4,840,928

COST OF REVENUES................                     659,623          1,064,682
                                                 ------------       ------------
     GROSS PROFIT .............                    1,553,715          3,776,246

EXPENSES
      Selling .................                      673,697          1,274,409
      General and administrative                     996,806          1,668,388
                                                 ------------       ------------
                                                   1,670,503          2,942,797
                                                 ------------       ------------

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)........                     (116,788)           833,449
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES.....                      (28,000)           332,000
                                                 ------------       ------------
NET INCOME.(LOSS)..............                 $    (88,788)      $    501,449
                                                 ============       ============

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE-BASIC        $      (0.01)      $       0.04
                                                 ============       ============
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE-DILUTED      $      (0.01)      $       0.04
                                                 ============       ============

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES- BASIC   10,000,000         11,957,135
                                                  ==========         ==========
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES-DILUTED  10,000,000         11,973,131
                                                  ==========         ==========

</TABLE>







                   See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements



                                       F - 14
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                       SITE2SHOP.COM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES


                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASHFLOWS

                   For the SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 AND 1999
                                      (Unaudited)





                                                      Six months ended June 30,
                                                  --------------------------------
                                                       1998               1999
                                                 ------------     --------------
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
<S>                                                <C>                  <C>
Net income............................          $    (88,788)        $  501,449
                                                   ----------         ----------
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
  cash used in operations:
 Depreciation and amortization .......                52,748             95,096
         Deferred income taxes........               (28,000)           332,000
Changes in assets and liabilities:
 Accounts receivable .................               475,022           (593,055)
 Inventory                                                --            (97,591)
 Prepaid and other current assets ....               (10,365)           (52,051)
 Other assets ........................                10,674            (12,206)
 Accounts payable and accrued expenses              (161,774)            40,058)
 Deferred revenue ...................               (229,817)           239,585
                                                   ----------         ----------
  Total Adjustments .................                108,488             20,586
                                                   ----------         ----------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATIONS......                 19,700            522,035
                                                   ----------         ----------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Capital expenditures ...............                (11,800)          (135,663)
 Note receivable- related party......                     --            (10,000)
                                                   ----------         ----------
NET CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES          (11,800)          (145,663)
                                                   ----------         ----------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from sale of stock ........                     --           1,000,000


 Payments of capital lease obligations               (34,049)           (16,725)
 Bank overdraft .....................                 15,633            (89,098)

                                                   ----------         ----------
NET CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING

 ACTIVITIES .........................                (18,416)           894,177

                                                   ----------         ----------


NET CASH INCREASE (DECREASE).........                (10,516)         1,270,549
CASH- beginning of year .............                 87,903             41,802

                                                   ----------         ----------
CASH- end of year ..................            $     77,387         $1,312,531
                                                   ==========         ==========

</TABLE>






                    See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements




                                     F - 15
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                               SITE2SHOP.COM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES


                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued)

                   For the SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 and 1999
                                   Unaudited

                                                     Six months ended June 30,
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                        1998            1999
                                                   ------------     ------------

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
      INFORMATION

<S>                                                <C>              <C>
Cash paid period:
  Interest .........................               $     265         $   2,779
                                                    =========         =========
 Taxes..............................               $   2,495         $   1,531
                                                    =========         =========

Non-cash investing activities:
 Common stock issued for acquisition               $      --         $  10,000
                                                    =========         =========
 Retirement of 12,500 shares of common stock       $      --         $  26,875
                                                    =========         =========
 Common stock issued for future services           $      --         $ 243,844
                                                    =========         =========
</TABLE>





                                     F - 16
<PAGE>


                              SITE2SHOP.COM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                         NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                          (UNAUDITED)

                                         June 30, 1999


1.  BASIS OF PRESENTATION
- -------------------------

          The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim
financial  information and with the  instructions to Form 10-QSB and Item 310 of
Regulation  S-B.  Accordingly,  they do not include all of the  information  and
footnotes  required by generally  accepted  accounting  principles  for complete
financial statements. In the opinion of management,  all adjustments (consisting
of normal recurring  adjustments)  considered  necessary for a fair presentation
have been included. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 1999 are
not  necessarily  indicative  of the results  that may be expected  for the year
ended  December  31,  1999.  For  further  information,  refer to the  financial
statements and notes thereto included in the Site2Shop.Com, Inc. (the "Company")
audited  financial  statements  for the year  ended  December  31,  1998 and the
financial  statements  and notes  thereto  included  in the  Tricom  Pictures  &
Productions,  Inc.  ("Tricom")  audited financial  statements for the year ended
December 31, 1998.


On February 9, 1999, the Company entered into an agreement to merge (the "Merger
Agreement")  with Tricom, a privately held Florida  corporation,  engaged in the
marketing,  production  and  distribution  of  television  programming,  into  a
wholly-owned subsidiary. The stockholders of Tricom; three of whom are Executive
Officers of the Company and owned 71.0%  collectively of the common stock of the
Company (85% of Tricom) and five  (remaining)  stockholders  collectively  owned
5.6% of the Company  (15% of Tricom).  Under the terms of the Merger  Agreement,
the Tricom stockholders  exchanged their shares at a ratio of 100,000 to 1 for a
total of 10 million shares. As a result of the merger, the
former  Tricom  stockholders  owned  96.8% of the shares of Common  Stock of the
Company and the  transaction is considered to be a reverse  acquisition  whereby
Tricom is considered to be the accounting acquirer. As both companies were under
common control,  the combination of the two companies is deemed to be a purchase
and accounted for "as if" a pooling of  interests,  whereby the combined  assets
and  liabilities  are  recorded  on  an  historical  basis.  Additionally,   the
transaction  is recorded  as if it occurred as of January 1, 1998.  Accordingly,
the Consolidated  Statement of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 1999
included the  operations  of both  companies  since  January 1, 1999 whereas the
Consolidated  Statement  of  Operations  for the six months  ended June 30, 1998
reflect  the  operations  solely of Tricom as the  Company did not engage in any
operations until July 1, 1998. The consolidated balance sheet as of December 31,
1998 has been restated to reflect the combined  balance sheets of both companies
as of December 31, 1998 and giving  effect to the issuance of 10 million  shares
of common stock of the Company as of January 1, 1998.


2.  SIGNIFICANT EVENTS
- ----------------------


          During the period of  January  15,  1999  through  April 6, 1999,  the
Company  issued  1,000,800  shares of  common  stock to 29  investors  for gross
proceeds of one million dollars in connection with an offering  pursuant to Rule
504 of Regulation D of the Securities Act of 1933 as amended.

          On April 1, 1999, the Company issued options to Executive Officers and
nine employees (as an inducement to remain with the Company) to purchase 850,000
shares of common  stock of the  Company.  The  options  (800,000)  issued to the
Executive  Officers  vested upon  issuance and were issued at an exercise  price
equal to the fair  market  value on the date of  grant.  The  options  issued to
employees  (50,000)  vested upon  completion of 24 months of continuous  service
from the date of grant and were  issued at an  exercise  price at less than fair
market  value.  The   compensation   expense  recorded  on  the  date  of  grant
approximated $68,000. All options expire on March 31, 2004.

          During the period of April 6, 1999 through April 18, 1999, the Company
issued  100,000 shares of its common stock,  in aggregate,  to two attorneys and
two consultants for  professional  services to be rendered over a period ranging
from one to four years from the  respective  dates of  issuance.  The  aggregate
market value of the issued shares based on their date of issuance was $244,000.

                                       F-17
<PAGE>
                          SITE2SHOP.COM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

                                          (UNAUDITED)

                                         June 30, 1999

3.  RECAPITALIZATION
- --------------------

          On February 23, 1999,  the Company  affected a 1 for 10 reverse  stock
split.  All  outstanding   shares,   and  per  share  amounts  included  in  the
accompanying  financial  statements have been retroactively  adjusted to reflect
the reverse stock split.

4.   NET INCOME PER SHARE
- -------------------------

          Net income per share has been  computed by dividing  net income by the
weighted  average number of shares of common stock and common stock  equivalents
outstanding  during the periods,  retroactively  adjusted to reflect the reverse
stock split.



                                     F - 18
<PAGE>
                       INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


                                                         March 5, 1999

To the Board of Directors
Tricom Pictures and Productions, Inc.
Pompano Beach, Florida



     We have  audited the  accompanying  balance  sheets of Tricom  Pictures and
Productions,  Inc. as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related  statements
of operations, stockholders' deficit and cash flows for the years ended December
31, 1998, 1997 and 1996. These financial  statements are the  responsibility  of
the Company's  management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audit.

     We conducted  our audit in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining on a test basis,  evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  Tricom  Pictures  and
Productions,  Inc.  as of  December  31,  1998 and 1997 and the  results  of its
operations  and its cash flows for the years ended  December 31, 1998,  1997 and
1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.



                                           /s/ Feldman Sherb Ehrlich & Co., P.C.
                                            Feldman Sherb Ehrlich & Co., P.C.
                                            Certified Public Accountants


New York,  New York





                                     F - 19
<PAGE>


                       TRICOM PICTURES AND PRODUCTIONS, INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              December 31,
                                                         -----------------------
                                                           1998           1997
                                                     ------------   ------------

                                    ASSETS
                               ---------------

CURRENT ASSETS
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>
   Cash .........................................  $     41,802    $     87,903

   Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
    accounts of      $205,118 at December 31, 1998 and
    $0 at December 31, 1997....                         348,709         927,960
   Advances to related party ....................        87,000             -0-
   Prepaid and other current assets .............        55,412             -0-

                                                     -----------    ------------
        TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS ....................       532,923       1,015,863

EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS, net .......       219,642         278,343

NOTE RECEIVABLE - RELATED PARTY..................       250,000             -0-

OTHER ASSETS ....................................        23,423          33,356
                                                     -----------    ------------
         Total assets............................  $  1,025,988    $  1,327,562
                                                     ===========    ============

            LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
            -------------------------------------

CURRENT LIABILITIES
   Cash overdraft- only for one bank.............  $     97,941    $        -0-
   Accounts payable and accrued expenses ........       161,832         242,704
   Due to related party..........................        19,099             -0-
   Deferred income taxes payable.................       924,000         190,000
   Capital lease obligations- current portion....        29,134          60,516
   Deferred revenue .............................     1,376,662       3,860,691
                                                     -----------    ------------
         TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES .............      2,608,668       4,353,911

CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS......................          20,465          37,239

STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
   Common Stock-  no par, 200 shares authorized,
    100 shares issued and outstanding at
    December 31,
    1998 and 1997..............................           1,000           1,000
   Additional paid-in capital .................         250,000             -0-
   Accumulated deficit ........................      (1,854,145)     (3,064,588)

                                                     -----------    ------------
         Total stockholders' deficit...........      (1,603,145)     (3,063,588)
                                                     -----------    ------------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit    $  1,025,988    $  1,327,562
                                                     ===========    ============
</TABLE>


                        See Notes to Financial Statements




                                     F - 20
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      TRICOM PICTURES AND PRODUCTIONS, INC.

                STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND ACCUMULATED DEFICITS



                                                 Years Ended, December 31
                                       ---------------------------------------------
                                            1998           1997             1996
                                       -------------   -------------   --------------
<S>                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
REVENUES ...............               $  6,485,900    $  7,123,683    $  2,662,903

COST OF REVENUES........                  1,284,409       1,580,776       1,361,598
                                        ------------    ------------    ------------
     GROSS PROFIT ....                    5,201,491       5,542,097       1,301,305

EXPENSES
      Selling .............               1,182,145       1,998,148         620,373
      General and administrative ...      2,074,903       3,459,069       2,287,253
                                        ------------    ------------    ------------
                                          3,257,048       5,457,257       2,907,626
                                        ------------    ------------    ------------

OPERATING INCOME.........                 1,944,443          85,690      (1,606,231)

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES......            734,000         190,000              --
                                        ------------    ------------    ------------
NET INCOME (LOSS)...............          1,210,443        (104,310)     (1,606,231)

ACCUMULATED DEFICIT-beginning of year.   (3,064,588)     (2,960,278)     (1,353,957)
                                        ------------    ------------    -------------

ACCUMULATED DEFICIT-end of year.....   $ (1,854,145)   $ (3,064,588)   $ (2, 960,278)

                                        ============    ============    =============






</TABLE>







                        See Notes to Financial Statements




                                     F - 21
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                      TRICOM PICTURES AND PRODUCTIONS, INC.

                             STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


                                                  Years Ended December 31,
                                       ----------------------------------------------
                                             1998           1997           1996
                                       -------------   -------------  --------------

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
<S>                                     <C>            <C>             <C>
Net (loss)/income.....                  $ 1,210,443    $   (104,310)   $ (1,606,231)
                                         -----------    ------------    ------------
   Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operations:
     Depreciation and amortization .....  ...91,662          77,460          46,601
     Deferred income taxes............  .. .734,000         190,000              --
Changes in assets and liabilities..
   Accounts receivable .......              579,251         536,323        (242,194)
   Advances to related parties..........    (87,000)             --              --
   Prepaid and other current assets ......  (55,412)          9,750            (750)
   Other assets .............                 9,933            (730)        (10,311)
   Accounts payable and accrued expenses.   (80,872)         98,111          97,734
   Deferred revenue ..................   (2,484,029)       (703,029)      1,695,195
                                         -----------    ------------    ------------
     Total Adjustments .......           (1,292,467)        207,885       1,586,275
                                         -----------    ------------    ------------
NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY OPERATIONS   (82,024)        103,575         (20,046)
                                         -----------    ------------    ------------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Capital expenditures ...........         (32,961)        (97,515)        (73,341)
                                         -----------    ------------    ------------
NET CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES (32,961)        (97,515)        (73,341)
                                         -----------    ------------    ------------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Increase in cash overdraft...........     97,941              --              --
   Repayment of capital lease obligations...(48,156)        (50,480)         (9,140)
   (Repayment) loan to shareholder......         --         (10,000)         10,000
   Advances from related party.............  19,099              --              --
                                         -----------    ------------    ------------
NET CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY FINANCING
   ACTIVITIES .......                        68,884         (60,480)            860
                                         -----------    ------------    ------------

NET CASH DECREASE...........................(46,101)        (54,420)        (92,527)


CASH- beginning of year .....................87,903         14 2,323         234,850

                                         -----------    ------------    ------------

CASH- end of year ......................$    41,802    $     87,903    $    14 2,323

                                         ===========    ============    ============

</TABLE>






                        See Notes to Financial Statements





                                     F - 22
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                      TRICOM PICTURES AND PRODUCTIONS, INC.

                      STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued)




<PAGE>


                                                  Years Ended December 31,
                                       ------------------------------------------
                                             1998           1997             1996
                                       -------------    ------------    --------------


SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
      INFORMATION

<S>                                     <C>            <C>             <C>
Cash paid during the year for interest $     9,815    $     10,981    $      6,677
                                          ==========    ============    ============

Non-cash investing activities:
   Sale of marketing division from company held under
      common control for note ..........$   250,000    $         --    $         --
                                         ===========    ============    ============
   Capitalized equipment leases ........$        --    $    126,296    $     23,115
                                         ===========    ============    ============


</TABLE>





                        See Notes to Financial Statements



                                     F - 23
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
                      TRICOM PICTURES AND PRODUCTIONS, INC.

                       STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT




<CAPTION>

                                Common Stock    Additional                 Total
                             Number             Paid-in    Accumulated  Stockholders'
                           of Shares  Amount    Capital      Deficit      Deficit
                           ---------  -------    ---------- -----------  -------------
<S>               <C> <C>     <C>     <C>       <C>       <C>             <C>
Balance, December 31, 1995    100     $ 1,000   $     --  $ (1,353,957)   $ (1.352,978)

Net loss for the year
 ended December 31, 1996       --          --         --    (1,606,321)     (1,606,321)
                             ----      -------   --------  ------------    ------------
Balance, December 31, 1996    100       1,000         --    (2,960,278)     (2,959,278)

Net loss for the year
 Ended December 31. 1997       --          --         --      (104,310)       (104,310)
                             ----      -------   --------  ------------    ------------
Balance, December 31, 1997    100       1,000         --    (3,064,588)     (3,063,588)

Sale of marketing division     --          --    250,000            --         250,000

Net income for the year
 ended December 31, 1998       --          --         --     1,210,443       1,210,443
                             ----      -------   --------  ------------    ------------
Balance, December 31, 1998    100     $ 1,000   $250,000  $ (1,854,145)   $ (1,603,145)
                             ====      =======   ========  ============    ============



</TABLE>



                       See Notes to Financial Statements








                                     F - 24
<PAGE>

                      TRICOM PICTURES AND PRODUCTIONS, INC.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997


1.   BUSINESS
- -------------

          Tricom  Pictures and  Productions,  Inc. ("The Company") was formed in
1991 as a small  advertising  and  marketing  company,  then named  Alfieri  and
Associates.  In May of 1994,  the Company was  reorganized  and began  operating
under the name of Tricom Pictures and  Productions,  Inc.. The Company  produces
broadcast quality, educational, entertaining and informative television programs
that are  distributed  nationally  via cable  channels,  network  affiliates and
independent stations nationwide. The Company's programming mission is to educate
and inform its  viewers on topics and  trends of  interest  to  specific  target
markets.


2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
- -----------------------------------------------

   A.    Revenue - A portion of revenue  represents  revenues from  contracts to
         produce television programs using the "percentage-of-completion-method"
         recognizing  revenue  relative  to the  proportionate  progress on such
         contracts as measured by the ratio which costs  incurred by the Company
         to date bear to total anticipated costs on each program.

         Deferred revenue  represents amounts which have been billed and not yet
         earned in accordance with this method. Deferred revenue at December 31,
         1998 was  $1,376,662.  At December 31, 1998 the Company had  additional
         signed contracts  totaling  $1,132,000 for which performance had yet to
         commence

   B.    Equipment  and Leasehold  Improvements  - Equipment is carried at cost.
         Depreciation  and  amortization  are computed  using the  straight-line
         method  over  the  useful  lives  of  the  various  assets.   Leasehold
         improvements are amortized over the lesser of their useful lives or the
         lease term.

   C.    Income  taxes - Income  taxes  are  accounted  for under  Statement  of
         Financial  Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes",
         which is an asset and liability  approach that requires the recognition
         of deferred  tax assets and  liabilities  for the  expected  future tax
         consequences  of  events  that have been  recognized  in the  Company's
         financial statements or tax returns.

   D.    Fair Value of Financial  Instruments - The carrying amounts reported in
         the  balance  sheet  for  cash,   receivables,   and  accounts  payable
         approximate their fair market value based on the short-term maturity of
         these instruments.

   E.    Estimates - The preparation of financial  statements in conformity with
         generally accepted  accounting  principles  requires management to make
         estimates and  assumptions  that effect the reported  amounts of assets
         and liabilities and disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities at
         the  date of the  financial  statements  and the  reported  amounts  of
         revenue and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could
         differ from those estimates.

     F.  Impairment of long-lived assets - The Company reviews long-lived assets
         for impairment  whenever  circumstances and situations change such that
         there is an indication that the carrying  amounts may not be recovered.
         At  December  31,  1998,  the Company  believes  that there has been no
         impairment of its long-lived assets.

   J.    Concentration  of Risk - Credit losses,  if any, have been provided for
         in the financial statements and are based on management's expectations.
         The   Company's   accounts   receivable   are   subject  to   potential
         concentrations  of credit risk. The Company does not believe that it is
         subject to any unusual or  significant  risks,  in the normal course of
         business.


                                       F - 25
<PAGE>
                      TRICOM PICTURES AND PRODUCTIONS, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997


 2.  EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
- -----------------------------------------

   Equipment and Leasehold Improvements are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                            Estimated Useful     December 31,   December 31,
                                 Lives              1998           1997
                            -----------------     ------------   ------------

<S>                                               <C>           <C>
Furniture and Fixtures ....   7-10 Years          $  49,473     $  40,225
Computer Equipment ........   5- 7 Years            104,859       103,832
Office Equipment ..........   5- 7 Years            117,361       113,769
Leasehold Improvements ....      3 Years             18,173         8,208
Vehicles...................      3 Years              9,130           -0-
Production Equipment ......      7 Years            196,182       196,182
                                                   ---------     ---------
                                                    495,178       462,216
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization    (275,536)     (183,873)
                                                   =========     =========
                                                  $ 219,642     $ 278,343
                                                   =========     =========
</TABLE>


3.   COMMITMENTS
- -----------------

     Commitments - The Company leases its offices under  non-cancelable  leases.
Rent expense for the years ended  December 31, 1998,  1997 and 1996 was $128,288
$124,799 and $132,504 respectively. The leases expire in May 2001.

      Minimum rental commitments are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          Year         Minimum Rental
          ----         --------------
<S>       <C>            <C>
          1999           $  119,691
          2000           $  119,691
          2001           $   49,871
</TABLE>

     Contingencies- The Company is a defendant in various lawsuits and claims in
which in the aggregate seek general and punitive damages approximating  $82,000;
these matters arise out of the normal course of business. The Company intends to
vigorously  defend itself in these actions,  and in any event,  does not believe
these actions singularly or combined would have a material adverse effect on the
Company's financial statements or business operations.

4.   CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS
- ------------------------------

    The Company lease  equipment under  non-cancelable  lease  agreements  which
expire at various times through the year 2000.  Principal  payments  under these
capitalized lease obligations over their remaining terms are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     Year                                    Annual Payment
     ----                                    --------------
<S>  <C>                                       <C>
     1999                                      $  33,111
     2000                                         21,790
                                                ---------
                                                  54,901
     Less: amounts representing interest           5,302
                                                ---------
     Net present values                           49,599
     Less: capital lease obligations-current      29,134
                                                ---------
     Capital Lease Obligations                 $  20,465
                                                =========
</TABLE>

                                     F - 26
<PAGE>
                       TRICOM PICTURES AND PRODUCTIONS, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997


5.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
- -------------------------------

     Advances-  At December  31,  1997,  the Company had  advanced  $87,000 to a
related  party  which  is 67%  owned  by two of the  Executive  Officers  of the
Company;  and who own 74% of the Company. The advances are payable on demand. In
January 1999,  the Company lent an additional  $10,000 at which time the related
party gave the Company a Note for $ 97,000 with interest accruing at the rate of
8% per  annum.  Payment  of  interest  commences  on  August  1, 1999 and for 59
consecutive months thereafter and the principal to be paid in full with the last
monthly interest payment.

    Sale of  marketing  division - On July 13, 1998 the  Company  sold its newly
created marketing division to Site2Shop.Com.Inc.("Shop"), a company 89.9% owned
by the  stockholders  of the  Company,  (at  the  time  of  sale)  for a note of
$250,000. The note bears interest at 8% per annum and is payable over five years
with a  balloon  payment  in the  final  month.  The sales  price  exceeded  the
Company's basis in the assets transferred by $250,000 which has been included in
additional paid-in capital.

    Due to Shop- At December 31, 1998, the Company owes $19,099 to Shop.

    Included in sales at December  31,  1998,  is  $353,920 of  production  fees
charged to Shop in connection with the rendering of production services to Shop.



6.   INCOME TAXES
- -----------------

    The  Company   accounts  for  income  taxes  under  Statement  of  Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes ("SFAS No.109"). SFAS
No.109  requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for both
the expected  impact of  differences  between the financial  statements  and tax
basis of assets and  liabilities,  and for the expected future tax benefit to be
derived from tax loss and tax credit  carryforwards.  SFAS No. 109  additionally
requires the establishment of a valuation allowance to reflect the likelihood of
realization  of deferred  tax assets.  As of December 31, 1998 the Company had a
net deferred tax liability of $924,000.

    Effective  January  1,  1997,  the  Company's  S  corporation  election  was
terminated making it subject to Corporate income taxes.

   The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997
are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     1998               1997
                                 -----------        -----------
<S>                               <C>                <C>
Deferred                          $ 734,000          $ 190,000
                                 ===========        ===========
</TABLE>
There was no provision for income taxes for the year ended  December 31, 1996 as
a result of a loss for the year.

    The major  deferred  tax  liability  (asset)  items at December 31, 1998 and
1997, respectively, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        1998               1997
                                    -----------        -----------
<S>                                 <C>                <C>
Deferred revenue...............     $1,174,000         $  232,000
Net operating loss carryforward       (250,000)           (42,000)
                                     ----------         ----------
                                    $  924,000         $  190,000
                                     ==========         ==========
</TABLE>
    There were no deferred tax assets or liabilities as of December 31, 1996.

                                     F - 27
<PAGE>
                     TRICOM PICTURES AND PRODUCTIONS, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - continued

                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997


6.   INCOME TAXES - continued
- -----------------------------

    The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed applying the
statutory federal income tax rate to income before income taxes as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Year End December 31,
                                                  ---------------------
                                                    1998        1997
                                                  --------    ---------
<S>                                                <C>          <C>
Statutory federal income tax rate............      34.0 %       34.0 %
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit......       3.6          3.6
Other........................................        .1          0.0
Effect of change in tax filing status........       0.0        130.7
                                                  -------     --------
                                                   37.7 %      168.3
Permanent differences........................     (36.7)        53.4
                                                  -------     --------
                                                    0.0 %      221.7 %
                                                  =======     ========
</TABLE>


7.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
- ---------------------
    On February 5, 1999,  the Company was acquired by  Site2Shop.Com.,  Inc., an
entity 76.6% owned by the stockholders of the Company, prior to the transaction,
for 10,000,000 shares of Site2Shop.Com., Inc.'s common stock.



                                     F - 28
<PAGE>

                        PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA


Introduction

          The  following  pro  forma  financial  data is based  upon  historical
financial  statements of Site2Shop.Com,  Inc. and Tricom Pictures & Productions,
Inc.  and has  been  prepared  to  illustrate  the  effects  on such  historical
financial  data of the Tricom  Acquisition.  The  unaudited  pro forma  combined
statements  of operations  for the year ended  December 31, 1998 gives effect to
the Tricom  Acquisition  as if it had been  completed as of January 1, 1998. The
unaudited  pro  forma  combined   balance  sheets  give  effect  to  the  Tricom
Acquisition as if such  transaction had been completed on December 31, 1998. The
Tricom Acquisition is reflected using the "as if" pooling method of accounting.

         The pro forma financial data is provided for comparative  purposes only
and does not purport to represent  the actual  financial  position or results of
operations of the Company that  actually  would have been obtained if the Tricom
Acquisition had been consummated on the dates  specified,  nor is it necessarily
indicative of the results of operations that may be achieved in the future.

         The pro forma  financial  data are based upon certain  assumptions  and
adjustments  described  in the notes  thereto and should be read in  conjunction
therewith. See the financial statements,  including the notes thereto, appearing
elsewhere herein.




                                     F - 29
<PAGE>


<TABLE>

                     UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED  STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Dollars
                        in thousands, except per share data)

                         For the year ended December 31, 1998


<CAPTION>
                                     Historical                  Pro Forma
                        --------------------------     -------------------------
                                                       Acquisition
                          Site2Shop.Com      Tricom    Adjustments      Combined
                          -------------     --------   -----------     ---------
<S>                       <C>            <C>          <C>               <C>
Total Revenue ............$   1,198      $ 6,485      $   (354) (1)     $ 7,329
Cost of sales ............      731        1,284          (354) (1)       1,661
                           ----------     -------      --------         -------
    Gross Profit ...............467        5,201            -             5,668
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses      1,692        3,257            -             4,949
                           ----------     -------      --------         -------
Income (loss) from
  operations .............   (1,225)       1,945            -               720
Pro forma taxes (benefit)
 on income (loss)..              -           734          (463) (2)         271
                           ----------     -------      --------         -------
Pro forma net income
(loss) .....              $  (1,225)     $ 1,211      $    463          $   449
                           ==========     =======      ========         =======
Net income (loss) per
common share-basic ...    $   (1.57)                                    $  0.04
                           ===========                                  =======
Weighted average common
 shares outstanding- basic  782,085                  10,000,000 (3)  10,782,085
                           ===========               ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of Income
- ----------------------------------------------------------


(1) To eliminate intercompany productions fees.


(2) To adjust effective tax rate to statutory rate (37.6%).

(3)  To reflect  issuance of  10,000,000  shares of common stock in  conjunction
     with acquisition of Tricom. The acquisition of Tricom has been treated as a
     purchase of companies  under common  control which will be accounted for as
     an "as if" pooling of interests.




                                     F - 30
<PAGE>

<TABLE>

                             UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

                                        As of December 31, 1998
                                             (in thousands)


<CAPTION>

                               Historical                        Pro Forma
                      ------------------------       ---------------------------
                                                      Acquisition
                      Site2Shop.Com    Tricom         Adjustments(1)    Combined
                      -------------   --------       -------------     ---------


<S>                      <C>           <C>                <C>    <C>   <C>
Cash.................    $     9       $    42            $  (9) (4)   $     42
Accounts receivable- net     285           349               --             634
Advances to affiliate ...     -             87               --              87
Due from related party ..     19            -               (19) (2)          -
Prepaid and other

  current assets ......       81            55               --             136
                         --------      --------           ------         -------

Total current assets ..      394           533              (28)            899


Equipment and leasehold
   improvements- net ..       87           220               --             307
Note receivable- related
 party ........               -            250             (250) (2)          -
Other assets ..........        8            23                               31
                         --------      --------           ------         -------

Total assets ..........  $   489       $ 1,026            $(278)       $  1,237

                         ========      ========           ======        ========

Current liabilities:

   Cash overdraft .......$    -        $    98            $  (9) (4)   $     89
   Accounts payable and

    accrued expenses ....    135           162               --             297
   Due to related party .     -             19              (19) (2)          -
   Deferred income taxes
    payable .............     -            924               --             924
   Capital lease obligations-
    Current portion ....      -             29               --              29
   Deferred revenue .......1,264         1,377                            2,641
                         --------      --------           ------         -------

Total current liabilities  1,399         2,609              (28)          3,980


Note payable- related party  250            -              (250) (2)          -

Capital lease obligations,
 less current portion ..      -             20               --              20
                         --------      --------           ------         -------

Total liabilities .....    1,649         2,629             (278)          4,000

                         --------      --------           ------         -------

Stockholders' equity:

   Common stock ..             1             1                9  (3)         11
   Additional paid-in
    capital .........        314           250             (259) (2) (3)    305
   Accumulated deficit    (1,475)       (1,854)             250 (2) (3)  (3,079)

                         --------       -------           ------         -------
Total stockholders'
 deficit ............     (1,160)       (1,603)               -          (2,763)
                         --------      --------           ------         -------

Total liabilities and

 stockholders' deficit   $   489       $ 1,026            $(278)      $   1,237

                         ========      ========           ========      ========
</TABLE>




Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet
- ---------------------------------------------------

(1)  The acquisition of Tricom has been treated as a purchase of companies under
     common  control  which  will  be  accounted  for as an "as if"  pooling  of
     interests.


(2) Elimination of intercompany payables and receivables.

(3) Issuance of 10,000,000 shares of common stock at $.001 par value.

(4) Reclassification of cash balances at same bank.


                                     F - 31
<PAGE>


                                    PART III
<TABLE>

      ITEM 2.  INDEX TO EXHIBITS

<CAPTION>

Exhibit No.             Description of Document
<S>               <C>
   2              Agreement and Plan of Reorganization
   2.1            Merger Agreement of February 9, 1999
   3.1            Articles of Incorporation
   3.1.2          Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation
                  dated August 16, 1996
   3.1.3          Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation dated
                  June 25, 1998
   3.1.4          Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation dated
                  February 9, 1999
  10              Agreement  for  Sale of Asset  dated  July  13,  1998  between
                  Registrant and Tricom Pictures & Productions, Inc.
  10.1            Exclusive  Production  Agreement  dated  July 1, 1998  between
                  Registrant and Tricom Pictures & Productions, Inc.
  10.2            Executive Employment Agreement dated June 29, 1998 between
                  Registrant and Mark Alfieri
  10.3            Executive Employment Agreement dated June 29, 1998 between
                  Registrant and Jack Levine
  10.4            Executive Employment Agreement dated August 18, 1998 between
                  Registrant and Eric Warm
  21              Subsidiaries of Registrant
  99              Shop T.V., Inc. 1998 Stock Option Plan
  99.1            Promissory Note of February 1, 1999
</TABLE>






                                       24
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES


         In accordance  with Section 12 of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
the registrant caused this registration  statement to be signed on its behalf by
the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


                                            SITE2SHOP.COM, INC.



Date: October 7, 1999                               By:/S/MARK ALFIERI
                                                 ------------------
                                               Mark Alfieri, President




                                       25
<PAGE>






                AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF  REORGANIZATION  is made this 24th day of June, 1998,
by and between TEE-RIFIK CORP., a Nevada  corporation  (hereinafter  called "the
Company"), and all. of the stockholders  (hereinafter called "the Stockholders")
of SHOP T.V. TELEVISION, INC., a Florida corporation (hereinafter called "Shop")
whose  names are set forth on  Exhibit A attached  hereto and by this  reference
made a part hereof.

W I T N E S S E T H :

1. Plan of Reorganization.  The Stockholders represent and warrant that they are
the holders and beneficial owners of all of the issued and outstanding shares of
the stock of Shop,  which consists of one thousand  (1,000) shares of the common
stock of Shop. It is the intention of the parties  hereto that all of the issued
and outstanding  shares of common stock of Shop shall be acquired by the Company
in  exchange  solely  shares  of its  voting  common  stock.  It in the  express
intention  of the parties  hereto that the said  exchange  shall be a tax-exempt
transaction  fully in  compliance  with  Section  368(a)(1)(B)  of the  Internal
Revenue Code of 1954, as amended.

         2. Exchange of Shares.  The Company and the Stockholders agree that all
of the one thousand (1,000) shares of the issued and outstanding common stock of
Shop shall be  exchanged  with the  Company  for  twelve  million  five  hundred
thousand  (12,500,000)  shares of the common stock of the Company. A list of all
of the  Stockholders  showing the number of shares of common  stock of Shop held
and owned by each of them  together with the number of shares of common stock of
the Company  which each of them will  receive in exchange is attached  hereto as
Exhibit A and by this reference made a part hereof.  The Stockholders  agree and
acknowledge  that the.  shares of common  stock of the  Company  which they will
receive are  "restricted"  securities and that the  Stockholders  will hold such
shares for investment.

         3.  Delivery  of  the  Shares.  On the  Closing  Date  (as  hereinafter
defined),  the Stockholders  will deliver  certificates for or the shares of the
common  stock of Shop duly  endorsed  by the  Stockholders  in order to make the
Company  the sole  owner  thereof,  free and  clear of all  claims,  liens,  and
encumbrance,  and on the Closing Date delivery of the shares of the common stock
of the Company will be made to the  Stockholders  as set forth on said Exhibit A
hereto.

         4.  Representations  of  the  Stockholders.   The  Stockholders  hereby
represent and warrant to the Company and to each other as follows:

                  a. As of the Closing  Date the  Stockholders  will be the sole
         owners of their respective shares of the common stock of Shop appearing
         of record in their  names,  such  shares  will be free from all claims,
         liens, or encumbrances,  and the Stockholders will have the unqualified
         right to transfer the said shares.

                  b. The said shares  constitute  validly  issued  shares of the
         common stock of Shop and are fully paid and nonassessable.

                  c. Shop is and will be on the Closing Date in good standing as
         a Florida corporation.

         5.  Representations of the Company. The Company represents and warrants
to the Stockholders as follows:

                  a. As of the  Closing  Date the total  issued and  outstanding
         shares of the common stock of the Company shall be 2,500,000 shares.

                  b. As of the Closing Date there will no  outstanding  options,
         stock purchase warrants,  or any other securities which are convertible
         into or exchangeable  for any shares of the stock of the Company of any
         class or classes or to which shall be attached or shall  appertain  any
         option,  warrant,  or other instrument or instruments that shall confer
         upon the holder or owner thereof the right to subscribe for or purchase
         from the Company any shares of its stock of any class or classes.

                  c. As of the Closing  Date,  the shares of the common stock of
         the Company to be issued to the Stockholders  will constitute the valid
         and legally issued shares of the Company,  fully paid and nonassessable
         and, except for the "restricted" nature of the said securities, will be
         legally  equivalent  in all respects to the common stock of the Company
         issued and outstanding as of the date hereof.

                  d. The officers of the Company are duly  authorized to execute
         this Agreement and Plan of Reorganization pursuant to, authorization of
         the Company's Board of Directors.

                  e. The Company's financial statements dated December 31, 1996,
         December 31, 1997, and May 31, 1998 are true and correct statements for
         the periods indicated and fairly present the financial  position of the
         Company.  There  are  no  substantial  liabilities,   either  fixed  or
         contingent,  not  reflected in such,  financial  statements  other than
         contracts  or  obligations  in the  usual  course of  business;  and no
         contracts or  obligations  in the usual course of business are liens or
         other liabilities,  which, if disclosed,  would alter substantially the
         financial  condition  of the  Company as  reflected  in such  financial
         statements.

                  f. Since May 31,  1998  there have not been,  and prior to the
         Closing  Date  there  will not be, any  material  changes in  financial
         position of the company except changes  arising in the ordinary  course
         of business.

                  g. The Company is not  involved in any pending  litigation  or
         governmental   investigation   or  proceeding  not  reflected  in  such
         financial   statements   or   otherwise   disclosed   in  writing   the
         Stockholders.

                  h. The Company is and as of the  Closing  date will be in good
         standing as a Nevada corporation.

                  i. The  shares  of the  common  stock  of the  Shop are  being
         acquired  by  the  Company  for  investment  and  there  is no  present
         intention of the part of the Company to dispose of such shares.

         6. Deposit of Stock.  All  certificates for the shares the common stock
of the Company and Shop will be deposited with the Company's  attorney,  Patrick
C. Clary,  Chartered,  as trustee,  at its offices  located at 520 South  Fourth
Street, Suite 360, Las Vegas, Nevada 89101.

         7. The Closing.  The Closing Date will be at the  aforesaid  offices of
the  Company's  said attorney on June 26, 1998 at 12:00 noon, or such other date
and time as the parties hereto may agree.

         8. Reverse  Splits.  The parties hereto  acknowledge  that prior to the
execution of this Agreement and Plan of  Reorganization,  the Company approved a
reverse-split in the shares of its issued and outstanding  common stock, so that
the total  number of the  Company  issued and  outstanding  shares of stock have
reduced from  3,750,000 to  2,500,000.  After the Closing,  the Company will not
effect any  additional  reverse splits during the period of eighteen (18) months
from the date of this Agreement.

         9.Indemnification. The parties hereto agree to and shall indemnify each
other  and  their   respective   successors,   assigns,   heirs,   and  personal
representatives  against  any and all damages  resulting  from any breach of any
representation,  warranty,  or  agreement  set  forth  in  this  Assignment  and
Agreement or the untruth or inaccuracy thereof. The parties hereto further agree
to and shall indemnify each other and their successors, assigns, heirs, personal
representatives  against any and all debts,  liabilities,  choses in action,  or
claims of any nature, absolute or contingent, resulting from such breach untruth
or inaccuracy.  This  indemnity,  shall survive the closing of the  transactions
contemplated  hereunder but shall be limited to  liabilities  of which one party
hereto  shall  receive  notice in writing  from the other  party or their or its
successors and assigns within five (5) years from the date hereof. Such party or
their, his or its successors,  assigns, heirs and personal representatives shall
notify the other parties or parties of any such liabilities, breach of warranty,
untruth,  or inaccuracy of  representation  or any claim thereof with reasonable
promptness,  and such party or parties or their or its  successors  and  assigns
shall have, at their election, the right to compromise or defend any such matter
involving  asserted liability through counsel of their own choosing and at their
expense.  Such notice and  opportunity  to compromise or defend,  if applicable,
shall be a condition  precedent to any liability of such party under  indemnity.
In the event that a party hereto  undertakes  to  compromise  or defend any such
liability,  then such party shall  notify the other  party or their,  his or its
successors,  assigns,  heirs, and personal  representatives shall cooperate with
the other  party or  parties  and their or its  counsel in the  compromising  or
defending against any such liabilities.

         10. Survival of Representations.  The representations,  warranties, and
agreements  of the  parties  hereto  contained  in this  Agreement  and  Plan of
Reorganization  shall, not be discharged or dissolved upon but shall survive the
closing hereunder and shall be unaffected by any investigation made by any party
at any time.

         11. Attorneys' Fees. If any litigation is commenced between the parties
hereto, or their representatives concerning any provisions of this Agreement and
Plan of  Reorganization  or the  rights  and  duties of any  person or entity in
relation to it, the party  prevailing in such litigation  shall be entitled,  in
addition to such other relief as may be granted,  to a reasonable sum as and for
her or its attorneys' fees in such litigation.

         12.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement and Plan of  Reorganization  may be
executed in counterparts and as executed shall constitute agreement,  binding on
both of the parties to it,  notwithstanding  that both parties are not signatory
to the original or to the same counterpart.

         13. Binding Effect. Except as otherwise provided to the contrary,  this
Agreement  and Plan of  Reorganization  shall be  binding  upon and inure to the
benefit of the parties  signatory to this  Agreement and Plan of  Reorganization
and their personal representatives, heirs, successors and assigns.

         14. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement and Plan
of  Reorganization  in no way define,  limit,  extend or interpret the scope of,
this  Agreement and Plan of  Reorganization  or of any  particular  paragraph or
section.

         15. Additional Documents.  Each of the parties hereto agrees to execute
with acknowledgment or affidavit,  if required, any and all additional documents
which may be necessary or expedient in  consummation  of this Agreement and Plan
of Reorganization and the achievement of its purposes.

         16.  Validity.   If  any  provision  of  this  Agreement  and  Plan  of
Reorganization  is held to be invalid the same shall not affect in any,  respect
whatsoever  the  validity  of the  remainder  of  this  Agreement  and  Plan  of
Reorganization.

         17.  Interpretation.  When the  context in which words are used in this
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization indicates that such is the intent, words in
the singular  number shall include the plural and in the masculine  gender shall
include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa.

         18. Applicable Law. It is the intention of the parties that the laws of
the  State  of  Nevada  govern  the  validity  of  this  Agreement  and  Plan of
Reorganization,   the  construction  of  its  terms  and  conditions,   and  the
interpretation of the rights and duties of the parties.

         19.  Integrated  Agreement.  This Agreement and Plan of  Reorganization
constitutes  the entire  understanding  and  agreement  among the  parties  with
respect  to  the   subject   matter  of  it,   and  there  are  no   agreements,
understandings,  restrictions  representations  or warranties  among the parties
other  than  those  set  forth  or  provided  in  this  Agreement  and  Plan  of
Reorganization.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF the parties  hereto have executed this Agreement and Plan of
Reorganization the day and year first hereinabove written.

                                 TEE-RIFIK CORP.

                               By:/S/AL HERNANDEZ
                                    President
ATTEST:

/S/SERGIO GARCIA
   Secretary




SHOP T.V. & TELEVISION, INC.

Attest:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


<S>     <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>                <C>    <C>
/S/MARK ALFIERI ............     /S/JACK LEVINE            /S/ERIC WARM
- ---------------                  --------------           -------------
   Mark Alfieri ............     Jack Levine               Eric Warm
4,845,800 Shares ...........     4,885,950 Shares          1,650,000 Shares
Date: /S/JUNE 25, 1998 .....     Date:/S/JUNE 25, 1998     Date:/S/JUNE 25, 1998

/S/RON SECRETO .............     /S/DOUG CAMPBELL
- --------------                   ----------------
   Ron Secreto .............     Doug Campbell
262,500 Shares .............     262,500 Shares
Date:/S/JUNE 25, 1998 ......     Date:/S/JUNE 25, 1998
</TABLE>






<TABLE>


                                    EXHIBIT A
<CAPTION>

Name of Stockholder                         Shop Shares   Tee-Rifik Corp. Shares
- -------------------                         -----------   ----------------------

<S>                                            <C>           <C>
Mark Alfieri ...........................       381.09        4,845,800
Jack Levine ............................       384.36        4,885,950
Eric Warm ..............................       145           1,650,000
Ron Secreto ............................       25              262,500
Doug Campbell ..........................       25              262,500
Cliff Grossman .........................       15              225,000
Glenn Grossman .........................        5               75,000
Nick Ferber ............................        5               75,000
Pat Bates ..............................         .66             9,900
Jim Schneider ..........................         .66             9,900
Wayne Gill .............................         .66             9,900
Mike Harper ............................         .33             4,950
E.W. Bostain ...........................         .66             9,900
Louis Alfieri, Sr ......................         .66             9,900
Adeline Alfieri ........................         .66             9,900
Albert Alfieri .........................         .66             9,900
Louis Alfieri, Jr ......................         .66             9,900
Richard Alfieri ........................         .66             9,900
Elias Eade, Jr .........................         .66             9,900
Ed Eade ................................         .66             9,900
Paul Eade ..............................         .66             9,900
Paula Eade .............................         .66             9,900
Michele Argentieri .....................         .66             9,900
Pierre Eade ............................         .66             9,900
Andrew Brief ...........................         .66             9,900
Michael Levine .........................        1.5             22,500
Gerald Levine ..........................        1.5             22,500
Beth Lerner ............................         .66             9,900
                                             --------      -----------
TOTAL: .................................     1,000.00       12,500,000
</TABLE>
                                             ========      ===========




                                MERGER AGREEMENT


          THIS MERGER  AGREEMENT is made this 9th day of February,  1999, by and
between  Site2Shop.Com,  Inc.,  a Nevada  corporation  (hereinafter  called  the
"Company"),  and all of the stockholders (hereinafter called the "Stockholders")
of Tricom, Inc., a Florida corporation (hereinafter called "Tricom") whose names
are set forth on Exhibit A  attached  hereto  and by this  reference  made apart
hereof.

W I T N E S S E T H :

           1.Plan of Merger.  The  Stockholders  represent and warrant that they
are the  holders  and  beneficial  owners of all of the issued  and  outstanding
shares of the stock of Tricom, which consists of one hundred (100) shares of the
common stock of Tricom.  It is the  intention of the parties  hereto that all of
the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Tricom shall be acquired by
the Company in exchange for solely shares of its voting common stock.  It is the
express  intention  of the  parties  hereto  that the said  exchange  shall be a
tax-exempt  transaction  fully in compliance with Section 368 (a) (1) (B) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended.

           2. Exchange of Shares.  The Company and the  Stockholders  agree that
all of the one hundred (100) shares of the issued and  outstanding  common stock
of  Tricom  shall  be  exchanged  with  the  Company  for  one  hundred  million
(100,000,000)  shares of the common stock of the  Company.  A list of all of the
Stockholders  showing  the number of shares of common  stock of Tricom  held and
owned by each of them  together with the number of shares of common stock of the
Company  which  each of them will  receive in  exchange  is  attached  hereto as
Exhibit A and by this reference made a part hereof.  The Stockholders  agree and
acknowledge  that the  shares of common  stock of the  Company,  which they will
receive,  are "restricted"  securities and that the Stockholders  will hold such
shares for investment.

           3.  Delivery  of the  Shares.  On the  Closing  Date (as  hereinafter
defined),  the  Stockholders  will  deliver  certificates  for the shares of the
common stock of Tricom duly  endorsed by the  Stockholders  in order to make the
Company  the sole  owner  thereof,  free and  clear of all  claims,  liens,  and
encumbrance,  and on the Closing Date delivery of the shares of the common stock
of the Company will be made to the  Stockholders  as set forth on said Exhibit A
hereto.

           4.  Representations  of the  Stockholders.  The  Stockholders  hereby
represent and warrant to the Company and to each other as follow:

               a. As the Closing Date, the Stockholders  will be the sole owners
               of  their  respective  shares  of  the  common  stock  of  Tricom
               appearing of record in their names, such shares will be free from
               all claims,  liens, or encumbrances,  and the  Stockholders  will
               have the unqualified right to transfer the said shares.

               b. The said shares constitute validly issued shares of the common
               stock of Tricom and are fully paid and nonassessable.

               c. Tricom is and will be on the Closing Date in good  standing as
               a Florida corporation.

          5. Representations of the Company. The Company represents and warrants
to the Stockholders as follows:

               a. As of the  Closing  Date,  the total  issued  and  outstanding
               shares of the common  stock of the  Company  shall be  14,529,000
               shares.

               b. As of the Closing Date,  the shares of the common stock of the
               Company  to be issued to the  Stockholders  will  constitute  the
               valid and legally  issued  shares of the Company,  fully paid and
               nonassessable and, except for the "restricted" nature of the said
               securities,  will be legally  equivalent  in all  respects to the
               common stock of the Company issued and outstanding as of the date
               hereof.

               c. The  officers of the Company  are duly  authorized  to execute
               this Merger Agreement  pursuant to authorization of the Company's
               Board of Directors.

               d. The Company's financial statements dated December 31, 1998 are
               true and correct  statements for the period  indicated and fairly
               present  the  financial  position  of the  Company.  There are no
               substantial   liabilities,   either  fixed  or  contingent,   not
               reflected in such  financial  statements  other than contracts or
               obligations in the usual course of business;  and no contracts or
               obligations  in the usual  course of business  are liens or other
               liabilities,  which, if disclosed,  would alter substantially the
               financial condition of the Company as reflected in such financial
               statements.

               e. Since  December 31, 1998 there have not been, and prior to the
               Closing  Date  there  will not be,  any  material  changes in the
               financial  position of the Company except changes  arising in the
               ordinary course of business.

               f. The  Company is not  involved  in any  pending  litigation  or
               governmental  investigation  nor proceeding not reflected in such
               financial  statements  or  otherwise  disclosed in writing to the
               Stockholders.

               g. The  Company  is and as of the  Closing  Date  will be in good
               standing as a Nevada corporation.

               h. The shares of the common stock of the Tricom  shares are being
               acquired by the Company  for  investment  and there is no present
               intention of the part of the Company to dispose of such shares.

          6. Deposit of Stock.  All  certificate for the shares the common stock
of the Company and Tricom will be  deposited  with the  Company's  attorney,  A.
Wayne Gill, as trustee,  at its offices located at 2001 West Sample Road,  Suite
301, Pompano Beach, Florida, 33064.

          7. The Closing.  The Closing Date will be at the aforesaid  offices of
the  Company's  said attorney on March 8, 1999 at 12:00 noon, or such other date
and time as the parties hereto may agree.

          8. Reverse Splits.  The parties hereto  acknowledge  that prior to the
execution of the Merger Agreement,  the Company approved a 10:1 reverse-split in
the shares of its issued and  outstanding  common stock,  including those shares
issued in connection with this Merger Agreement, so that the total number of the
Company  issued and  outstanding  shares of stock after the  reverse  split have
reduced from 114,529,000 to 11,452,900.

          9.  Indemnification.  The parties hereto agree to and shall  indemnify
each  other  and their  respective  successors,  assigns,  heirs,  and  personal
representatives  against  any and all damages  resulting  from any breach of any
representation,  warranty,  or  agreement  set  forth in this  Agreement  or the
untruth or inaccuracy  thereof.  The parties  hereto  further agree to and shall
indemnify  each  other and their  successors,  assignees,  heirs,  and  personal
representatives  against any and all debts,  liabilities,  choses in action,  or
claims of any  nature,  absolute  or  contingent,  resulting  from such  breach,
untruth  or  inaccuracy.  This  indemnity  shall  survive  the  closing  of  the
transactions contemplated hereunder but shall be limited to liabilities of which
one party hereto shall  receive  notice in writing from the other party or their
or its successors and assignees within five (5) years from the date hereof. Such
party  or  their,  his  or  its  successors,   assignees,   heirs  and  personal
representatives   shall  notify  the  other  parties  or  parties  of  any  such
liabilities, breach of warranty, untruth, or inaccuracy of representation or any
claim thereof with reasonable promptness,  and such party or parties or their or
its  successors  and  assigns  shall  have,  at  their  election,  the  right to
compromise  or defend  any such  matter  involving  asserted  liability  through
counsel of their own choosing and at their expense.  Such notice and opportunity
to compromise or defend,  if applicable,  shall be a condition  precedent to any
liability of such party under this  indemnity.  In the event that a party hereto
undertakes  to compromise  or defend any such  liability,  then such party shall
notify the other party or their,  his or its  successors,  assigns,  heirs,  and
personal  representatives  shall  cooperate  with the other party or parties and
their  or  its  counsel  in the  compromising  or  defending  against  any  such
liabilities.

          10. Survival of Representations. The representations,  warranties, and
agreements of the parties hereto contained in this Merger Agreement shall not be
discharged or dissolved  upon but shall survive the closing  hereunder and shall
be unaffected by any investigation made by any party at any time.

          11.  Attorneys'  Fees.  If any  litigation  is  commenced  between the
parties hereto or their representatives  concerning any provision of this Merger
Agreement  or the rights and duties of any person or entity in  relation  to it,
the party prevailing in such litigation  shall be entitled,  in addition to such
other  relief  as may be  granted,  to a  reasonable  sum as and  for her or its
attorneys' fees in such litigation.

          12.   Counterparts.   This  Merger   Agreement   may  be  executed  in
counterparts and as executed shall constitute agreement,  binding on both of the
parties  to it,  notwithstanding  that both  parties  are not  signatory  to the
original or to the same counterpart.

          13. Binding Effect. Except as otherwise provided to the contrary, this
Merger  Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the party's
signatory to this Merger  Agreement and their personal  representatives,  heirs,
successors and assigns.

          14. Headings.  The headings of the paragraphs of this Merger Agreement
in no way define,  limit, extend or interpret the scope of this Merger Agreement
or of any particular paragraph or section.

          15. Additional Documents. Each of the parties hereto agrees to execute
with acknowledgment or affidavit,  if required, any and all additional documents
which may be necessary or expedient in the consummation of this Merger Agreement
and the achievement of its purposes.

          16. Validity.  If any provision of this Merger Agreement is held to be
invalid, the same shall not affect in any respect whatsoever the validity of the
remainder of this Merger Agreement.

          17.  Interpretation.  When the context in which words are used in this
Merger Agreement indicates that such is the intent, words in the singular number
shall include the plural and in the masculine  gender shall include the feminine
and neuter, and vice versa.

          18.  Applicable  Law. It is the intention of the parties that the laws
of the State of Florida  govern  the  validity  of this  Merger  Agreement,  the
construction of its terms and conditions,  and the  interpretation of the rights
and duties of the parties.

          19. Integrated Agreement. This Merger Agreement constitutes the entire
understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter
of it, and there are no agreement, understandings, restrictions, representations
or  warranties  among the parties other than those set forth or provided in this
Merger Agreement.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF the parties  hereto have executed this Merger  Agreement the
day and year first hereinabove written.

                                                     Site2Shop.Com, Inc.

                                                     By:/S/Mark Alfieri
                                                     ------------------
                                                        President

ATTEST:

/S/Mark Weicher



                                           Tricom Pictures and Productions, Inc.

                                                     By:/S/Jack Levine
                                                     -----------------
                                                        Vice President
ATTEST:

/S/Bonnie Harrison


<TABLE>


                                    EXHIBIT A
<CAPTION>

                               Site2Shop.Com.,Inc.
Name of Stockholder                        Tricom Shares           Shares
- -------------------                         ------------    ----------------------

<S>         <C>                                <C>               <C>
Mark Alfieri(1).........................       37.025            3,702,500
Jack Levine (2).........................       37.025            3,702,500
Eric Warm ..............................       10.950            1,095,000
Ron Secreto ............................        5.000              500,000
Doug Campbell ..........................        5.000              500,000
Cliff Grossman .........................        3.000              500,000
Glenn Grossman .........................        1.000              100,000
Nick Ferber ............................        1.000              100,000
                                              -------           ----------
               Total                          100.000           10,000,000
                                              =======           ==========
</TABLE>

(1)- The shares issued by Site2Shop.Com., Inc. in exchange for Mr. Alfieri's
     Tricom shares were issued in the name of The Alfieri-Eade Family Limited
     Patnership #1 of which Mr. Alfieri is the general partner.

(2)- The shares issued by Site2Shop.Com., Inc. in exchange for Mr. Levine's
     Tricom shares were issued in the name of The Jack Alan Levine Family
     Limited Partnership #1 of which Mr. Levine is the general partner.






F I L E D
IN THE OFFICE OF THE
SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE
STATE OF NEVADA

AUG 0 1, 1990

JANICE SUE DEL PAPA SECRETARY OF STATE
/S/JANICE SUE DEL PAPA


                          ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                     OF

                               WOODIE III, INC.

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:

         We, the undersigned, natural persons of the age of 21 years, or more,

acting as incorporators of a corporation under the Nevada  Business  Corporation

Act, adopt the following Articles of Incorporation for such corporation:


                          ARTICLE I - NAME

         The name of the Corporation shall be Woodie III, Inc.


                        ARTICLE II - DURATION

         The period of its  duration  shall be  perpetual,  unless  dissolved or
terminated according to law.


                  ARTICLE III - CORPORATE PURPOSES

         The general purposes and objects for which the corporation is organized
are:

         a. The primary  purpose of the corporation is to engage in the activity
of general business, investments, research & development, manufacturing and real
estate development.

         b. To do each and every  thing  necessary,  suitable  or proper for the
accomplishment of any of the purposes or the attainment of anyone or more of the
subjects  herein  enumerated,  or which may at anytime  appear  conducive  to or
expedient for protection or benefit of this corporation,  and to do said acts as
fully and to the same extent as natural  persons might, or could do, in any part
of the world as  principals,  agents,  partners,  trustees or otherwise,  either
alone or in conjunction with any other person, association or corporation.

         c. The foregoing  clauses shall be construed both as objects and powers
and shall not be held to limit or restrict  in any manner the general  powers of
the corporation and the enjoyment and exercise  thereof as conferred by the laws
of the State of Nevada;  and it is the intention that the purposes,  objects and
powers  specified in each of the  paragraphs  shall be considered as independent
objects and powers.


                  ARTICLE IV - SHARES OF STOCK

         The  aggregate  number  of  shares  which the  corporation  shall  have
authority  to issue is  5,000,000  shares of common stock at par value of $0.001
per share, or a total capitalization of $5,000.00.

         There shall be no cumulative  voting,  and all  pre-emptive  rights are
denied.  Each share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote at all meetings
of the stockholders.

         Stockholders  shall not be liable to the  corporation  or its creditors
for any debts or obligations of the corporation.


                 ARTICLE V - STOCK RESTRICTIONS

         All shares of stock in the company are assignable  and any  stockholder
may sell,  assign and transfer his shares and  certificates of stock at pleasure
except that no such transfer, sale or assignment shall be valid unless and until
it shall have been entered upon the books of the company and the old certificate
or certificates  shall have been  surrendered for  cancellation to the secretary
and a new certificate or certificates issued in lieu of the same.


                 ARTICLE VI - COMMENCING BUSINESS

         The corporation will not commence  business until  consideration of the
value of at least One  Thousand  Dollars  (1,000.00)  has been  received for the
issuance of shares.


                  ARTICLE VII - REGISTERED AGENT AND OFFICE

         The name and post  office  address of its initial  registered  agent is
David Meadow, 6221 Bullion St., Las Vegas, NV 89103.

         The post office address of its initial principal office is 6221 Bullion
St., Las Vegas, NV 89103.


                         ARTICLE VIII - DIRECTORS

         That the number of directors of this corporation, their qualifications,
terms  of  office  and the time  and  manner  of  their  election,  removal  and
resignation shall be as follows:

              The number of directors  shall not be less than three (3) nor more
              than  seven  (7),  the  exact  number  within  such  limits  to be
              determined in the manner prescribed by the by-laws.

              Directors   shall  be  elected  at  the  annual   meeting  of  the
              stockholders of this  corporation and shall serve for one (1) year
              and until  their  successors  shall  have been  duly  elected  and
              qualified.

              A majority of the entire  number of  directors,  but not less than
              (2),  shall  be  necessary  to  form  a  quorum  of the  board  of
              directors,  authorized  to transact  the business and exercise the
              corporate powers of the corporation.

              Such officers shall consist of:

                  (a)      President;

                  (b) One or more Vice  Presidents  as shall be  provided by the
              bylaws or the board of directors;

                  (c)      A Secretary:

                  (d) A  Treasurer - may be held by  officers  who  concurrently
              hold another office.

              Such officers shall be elected  annually by the board of directors
              and shall serve for one (1) year and until their  successors shall
              have been duly elected and qualified.

              Any  officer  may be removed by vote of a majority of the board of
              directors  or in such  other  manner as may be  prescribed  in the
              by-laws.


                                  ARTICLE IX

         That the following named person, parties hereto, shall be the directors
and officers of this corporation from the date hereof and until their successors
shall have been elected and qualified:

PRESIDENT & CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD:          Woody Porter
                                        709 North Main St.
                                        Las Vegas, NV 89101


VICE PRESIDENT & DIRECTOR:                 Jeff W. Bradley
                                        3438 East Hacienda # B
                                          Las Vegas, NV 89119


SECRETARY/TREASURER & DIRECTOR:              David Meadow
                                           6221 Bullion St.
                                          Las Vegas, NV 89103


                    ARTICLE X - SHAREHOLDER LIABILITY

         That the private property of the stockholders of this corporation shall
not be liable for the debts or obligations of the corporation.


                        ARTICLE XI - INCORPORATORS

The name and address of each incorporator is:

                               Woody Porter
                            709 North Main St.
                           Las Vegas, NV 89101

                            Jeff W. Bradley
                        1438 East Hacienda #B
                         Las Vegas, NV 89119


                             David Meadow
                           6221 Bullion St.
                          Las Vegas, NV 8910


                     ARTICLE XII - 1244 STOCK

         Shares of stock of this  corporation  authorized and issued pursuant to
these  Articles  of  Incorporation  within  two  (2)  years  from  the  date  of
incorporation are, for the purpose of the Internal Revenue Code,  authorized and
issued in  compliance  with and as  prescribed  by Section  1244 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1954, as amended shall be known as "Section 1244 Stock".


              ARTICLE XIII - DIRECTORS' AND OFFICERS' CONTRACTS

         No contract or other  transaction  between this  corporation and one or
more of its directors or any other corporation,  firm,  association or entity in
which one or more of its  directors  are  directors or officers are  financially
interested  shall be either void or  voidable  because of such  relationship  or
interest,  or because such director or directors,  are present at the meeting of
the board of directors or a committee  thereof,  which  authorizes,  approves or
ratifies  such  contracts  or  transaction,  or because  his or their  votes are
counted for such purpose,  if: (a) the fact of such  relationship or interest is
disclosed  or known to the board of directors  or  committee  which  authorizes,
approves or ratifies the contract or transaction  by vote or consent  sufficient
for the  purpose  without  counting  the votes or  consents  of such  interested
director: or (b) the fact of such relationship or interest is disclosed or known
to the shareholders entitled to vote and they authorize,  approve or ratify such
contract or  transaction  by vote or written  consent:  or, (c) the  contract or
transaction  is fair and  reasonable  to the  corporation.  Common or interested
directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of
the board of  directors  or  committee  thereof  which  authorizes,  approves or
ratifies such contract or transaction.


         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the said  parties,  incorporators  hereof,  have
hereunto subscribed their names this /S/9TH day of /S/JULY , 1990.


                                               /S/WOODY PORTER
                                               ---------------
                                                 Woody Porter

                                               /S/JEFF W. BRADLEY
                                               ------------------
                                                  Jeff W. Bradley

                                               /S/DAVID MEADOWS
                                               ----------------
                                                  David Meadows


STATE OF NEVADA            )
                           ):
COUNTY OF CLARK            )


SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN to before me by

This day of /S/9TH day of /S/JULY 1990.

My Commission Expires:
                                               /S/SUSAN OWENS
                                               --------------
                                                  Susan Owens
                                                NOTARY PUBLIC
                                      Residing in Las Vegas, Nevada

         NOTARY PUBLIC
County of Clark State of Nevada
         SUSAN OWENS
My Appointment Expires Aug. 28, 1990





                                 CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
 FILED
                                           OF
IN THE OFFICE OF THE
SECRETARY OF. STATE OF       THE  ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
  STATE OF NEVADA
                                           OF
 AUG 2 3 1996
                                   WOODIE III, INC.

         On the  16th  day of  August  1996,  pursuant  to  the  Nevada  Revised
Statutes,  the Annual  Meeting of  Shareholders  representing  a majority of the
holders was called.  Whereas, there being 1,250,000 common shares validly issued
and outstanding and entitled to vote,  shareholders  voted either by proxy or in
person  830,375  shares  FOR,  representing  70% being a  majority  and 0 shares
against, to amend the Articles of Incorporation of Woodie III, Inc.

         Therefore, the Corporation does by these presents Amend its Articles of
Incorporation as follows:

         The name of the corporation is changed to TEE-RIFIK CORP.

         I Debra Thurman President and Kathryn  Councilman  Secretary of Woodie,
III,  Inc.  do hereby  swear and affirm that the  Certificate  of  Amendment  as
contained herein is true and correct as adopted by a majority of shareholders on
August 16th, 1996, Dated this 20th day of August 20, 1996.

                                                    BY:/S/DEBRA THURMAN
                                                    -------------------
                                                 Debra Thurman, PRESIDENT

                                                 BY:/S/KATHRYN COUNCILMAN
                                                 ------------------------
                                                Kathryn Councilman, SECRETARY
STATE OF NEVADA            )
                           )       ss.
COUNTY OF CLARK            )

         The undersigned Notary Public certified,  deposes and states that Debra
Thurman and Kathryn  Councilman,  personally appeared before me and executed the
foregoing on behalf of the Corporation as its President and Secretary, this 20th
day of August, 1996.

                                                         /S/DON W PAR
                                                         ------------
                          Notary Public in and for said
NOTARY PUBLIC                                            County and State
STATE OF NEVADA
County of Clark
DON W. PARR
Appt. 95-0674-1
My Appointment Expires Oct. 13,1999






FILED
                  CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
IN THE OFFICE OF THE
SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE
STATE OF NEVADA
JUN 26 1998
DEAN HELLER, SECRETARY OF STATE

                               TEE-RIFIK CORP.
                             Name of Corporation

We the undersigned              Alfonso Hernandez, Jr.       and
                            President or Vice President

                Sergio Garcia                 of           TEE-RIFIK CORP.
         Secretary or Assistant Secretary                Name of Corporation

Do hereby certify:
That the board of Directors of said  corporation  at a meeting duly convened and
 held on the 25th day of June, 1998,  adopted a resolution to amend the original
 articles of incorporation as follows:
Article I is hereby  amended  to read as  follows:  The name of the  corporation
shall be Shop TV, Inc. The number of shares of the  corporation  outstanding and
entitled to vote on amendment to the Articles of  Incorporation  2,500,00;  that
the said  change(s) and amendment has been consented to and approved by majority
vote of the stockholders  holding at least a majority of each class of stock and
entitled to vote thereon.

                                                /S/AL HERNANDEZ
                                                ---------------
                                          President of Vice President

                                               /S/SERGIO GARCIA
                                               ----------------
                                         Secretary or Assistant Secretary

State of   /S/NEVADA
County of   /S/CLARK
On /S/JUNE  25,  1998  personally  appeared  before me, a Notary  Public,  /S/AL
HERNANDEZ  - SERGIO  GARCIA  who  acknowledge  that  he/she  executed  the above
document.
                                                /S/E.V. STAMBRO
                                                ---------------
                                                 Notary Public







Dean Heller                       STATE OF NEVADA         Telephone 702.687.5203
Secretary or State       OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE       Fax 702.687.3471
                        101 N. CARSON ST. STE. 3 Web site http://sos.state.nv.us
                         CARSON CITY, NEVADA 99701-4796            Filing fee:


            Certificate of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation
                     For Profit Nevada Corporations
         (Pursuant to NRS 78.385 and 78.390 After Issuance of Stock)
                           -Remit In Duplicate -


1. Name of corporation: SHOP TV, INC.

2. The  articles  have been  amended as follows  (provide  article  numbers,  if
   available): The name of the corporation shall be changed to:
                         SITE2SHOP.COM, INC.

3.  The  vote by  which  the  stockholders  holding  shares  in the  corporation
entitling  them to exercise,  at least a majority of the voting  power,  or such
greater  proportion of the voting power as may be required in the case of a vote
by classes or series, or as may be required by the provisions of the articles of
incorporation have voted in favor of the amendment is: 63% .

4. Signatures
/S/MARK ALFIERI                                          /S/JACK LEVINE
- ---------------                                          --------------
President or Vice President                    Secretary or Asst. Secretary
(acknowledgement required)                       (acknowledgement required)

State of: /S/FLORIDA
County of: /S/BROWARD
This  instrument  was  acknowledged  before me on  /S/FERUARY 9, 1999 by /S/JACK
LEVINE (Name of Person) as /S/SECRETARY AND /S/MARK ALFIERI AS /S/PRESIDENT
                               LORETTA A LOMBARDO
                         NOTARY PUBLIC STATE OF FLORIDA
                             COMMISSION NO. CC521250
                         MY COMMISSION EXP. DEC.27, 1999
                             /S/LORETTA A. LOMBARDO
                                                        ----------------------

*If any proposed  amendment would alter of change any preference or any relative
or other  right  given to any class or series of  outstanding  shares,  then the
amendment  must be approved by the vote,  in  addition to the  affirmative  vote
otherwise  required,  of the  holders of shams  representing  a majority  of the
voting power of each class or series  affected by the  amendment  regardless  of
limitations or restrictions on the voting power thereof.

IMPORTANT: Failure to include any of the above information and remit the proper
fees may cause this filing to be rejected.







                         AGREEMENT FOR SALE OF ASSET

THIS  AGREEMENT  made  and  entered  into  by  and  between  TRICOM  PICTURES  &
PRODUCTIONS, INC., a Florida Corporation, with a usual place of business at 2001
West Sample Road,  Suite #101,  Pompano Beach,  Florida 33064  ("SELLER"),  SHOP
T.V.,  INC., a Nevada  Corporation,  with a usual place of business at 2001 West
Sample Road, Suite #401,  Pompano Beach,  Florida 33064 ("BUYER"),  all as their
respective interests exist and are herein represented.

         WHEREAS, SELLER is a national marketing and sales organization
operating at the aforementioned address; and

         WHEREAS,  SELLER  is the owner of all  singular  assets  (tangible  and
intangible)  relating to or concerning the National  Marketing Division of BUYER
(the "Marketing Division"); and

         WHEREAS, SELLER is desirous of selling the Marketing Division to BUYER;
 and

         WHEREAS, BUYER is desirous of purchasing the Marketing Division from
SELLER on terms as herein contained;

         NOW,   THEREFORE,   for  good  and   valuable   consideration   and  in
consideration  of the  covenants,  agreements,  terms,  and provisions as herein
contained, mutually agreed by and between the parties as follows:

ARTICLE I: Sale of Assets

         SELLER agrees to sell,  and BUYER agrees to purchase and acquire all of
the following assets,  chattels,  and items as owned by, located on, and used in
connection with the Marketing Division from the SELLER:

         a.  All of the inventory, merchandise and intellectual property
             existing as of the date of closing concerning or relating to the
             Marketing Division;

         b.  All tools of the trade,  accessories,  and  appurtenances,  without
             limiting the generality of the foregoing,  used in connection  with
             the Marketing Division; and

         c.  All of the goodwill of the SELLER,  together  with all price lists,
             supplier lists, customer lists, secret formulas,  and trade secrets
             to the  extent  they exist used in  connection  with the  Marketing
             Division.

ARTICLE II: Purchase Price

         BUYER  agrees to pay  SELLER  and  SELLER  agrees to accept as the full
purchase  price for all the singular  assets to be sold under  Article I, supra,
the  total   purchase   price  of  Two  Hundred  and  Fifty   Thousand   Dollars
($250,000.00).

ARTICLE III: Payment Of Purchase Price

         The purchase price as  hereinabove to be determined in accordance  with
Article II, supra, shall be paid in the manner following; at the time of sale:

         BUYER  shall  execute a  Promissory  Note in the sum of Two Hundred and
Fifty Thousand Dollars  ($250,000.00) with annual interest thereon at 8% payable
in 60 monthly  installments of interest-only  payments,  concluding in a balloon
principal  payment in the sixtieth (60th) month of the loan, all as set forth in
Exhibit "A" (the "Note").

ARTICLE IV: Sale Free and Clear

         SELLER  agrees  that it shall  sell said  assets  free and clear of all
liens,  encumbrances,  liabilities and claims of parties adverse thereto. SELLER
agrees:

         a.  That any and all  liens,  encumbrances,  security  agreements,  tax
             liens,   liabilities  or  attachments  of  record  shall  be  fully
             discharged at the time of closing;

         b.  To  indemnify  BUYER  from any  present or future  asserted  claims
             against assets sold to BUYER.

ARTICLE V: SELLER'S Warranties

         The SELLER  warrants and  represents to BUYER with  knowledge  that the
BUYER  will  rely  on  same  to  enter  this  transaction,  each  and all of the
following:

         a.  That the SELLER owns all and singular assets being sold hereunder,
             and has full and marketable title to same; and

         b.  That there are no known governmental or administrative  proceedings
             filed against the SELLER which materially affects this transaction.

ARTICLE VI: Brokers

         The  parties  warrant  and  represent  to each  other that there are no
brokers to this transaction and none entitled to commission.

ARTICLE VII: Entire Agreement

         This Agreement  constitutes the entire and exclusive  agreement between
the parties  hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all
prior agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, both written and
oral,  between the parties  hereto with  respect to such  subject  matter.  This
Agreement may not be modified in whole or in part except by a written instrument
executed by all of the parties hereto.

ARTICLE VIII: Divisibility

         If any portion of this Agreement is held to be unreasonable, arbitrary,
or against the public policy, this Agreement shall be considered  divisible both
as to time and as to the geographic area, and each month of the specified period
shall be  deemed  to be a  separate  period  of time.  In the  event  any  Court
determines  the  specified  time period or geographic  area to be  unreasonable,
arbitrary or against public policy,  a lesser period of time or geographic  area
which is  determined  to be  reasonable,  non-arbitrary  and not against  public
policy may be enforced.

ARTICLE IX: Applicable Law

         This  Agreement  shall be governed  for all purposes by the laws of the
State of Florida.  Venue for any action to enforce or  challenge  the  Agreement
shall be exclusively in the courts of Broward County, Florida.


ARTICLE X: Section Headings

         The  section  and other  headings  contain  in this  Agreement  are for
reference  purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or  interpretation  of
any of the provisions of this Agreement.

ARTICLE XI: Effective Date

         The effective date of this Agreement shall be July 13, 1998.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  EACH OF THE Parties has duly signed this  Agreement on the
date noted below.

TRICOM PICTURES, & PRODUCTIONS, INC.


By:/S/JACK LEVINE                                    /S/ERIC WARM
- -----------------                                    ------------
Jack Levine, Vice President                             Witness

Date:/S/JANUARY 2, 1999
- -----------------------


SHOP T.V., INC.


By:/S/MARK ALFIERI                                   /S/ERIC WARM
- ------------------                                   ------------
Mark Alfieri, President                                 Witness

Date:/S/JANUARY 2, 1999
- -----------------------






                             EXHIBIT A

                         PROMISSORY NOTE


$250,000.00                                                        July 13, 1998


FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED,  SHOP  TV,  INC.  promises  to pay to  Tricom  Pictures  &
Productions,  Inc.,  located at 2001 West Sample Road, Suite 101, Pompano Beach,
Florida,  33064,  the sum of $250,000.00 (TWO HUNDRED AND FIFTY THOUSAND DOLLARS
AND NO CENTS) plus interest at the rate of 8% (Eight Percent) per annum.

Interest  shall be  payable  monthly  commencing  on  August  1, 1999 and for 59
consecutive  months  thereafter on the unpaid principal  balance.  The principal
shall be paid in lump sum in addition to and with the 60th interest payment.

In the event of  default,  SHOP TV,  INC.,  agrees  to pay all  court  costs and
attorneys'  fees  incurred by TRICOM  PICTURES &  PRODUCTIONS,  INC. in order to
enforce and collect payment under this Note.


TRICOM PICTURES & PRODUCTION, INC.

By:/S/JACK LEVINE
- -----------------
Jack Levine, Vice President

Date: /S/JANUARY 2, 1999
- ------------------------


SHOP TV, INC.

By:/S/MARK ALFIERI
- ------------------
Mark Alfieri, President

Date:/S/JANUARY 2, 1999
- -----------------------








                          EXCLUSIVE PRODUCTION AGREEMENT

THIS EXCLUSIVE  PRODUCTION AGREEMENT made and entered into by and between TRICOM
PICTURES &  PRODUCTIONS,  INC.,  a Florida  Corporation,  with a usual  place of
business at 2001 West Sample Road,  Suite # 101,  Pompano  Beach,  Florida 33064
("TRICOM"),  and SHOP T.V.  INC.,  a Nevada  Corporation,  with a usual place of
business at 2001 West Sample Road,  Suite #401 Florida 33064 ("SHOP T.V.  INC.")
all as their respective interests exist and are herein represented.

WHEREAS,  TRICOM is a national marketing and sales organization  specializing in
the production of  audio/visual  programming for television and operating at the
aforementioned address; and

WHEREAS,  TRICOM  is the owner of  audio/visual  production  facilities  used in
production of television programming, located at the aforementioned address; and

WHEREAS, SHOP T.V. INC. is also in the business of marketing and producing
audio/visual programming for television; and

WHEREAS, SHOP T.V. INC. is desirous of engaging TRICOM as its exclusive
production facility for the production of its television programming; and

WHEREAS, TRICOM is desirous of being the exclusive producer of SHOP T.V. INC.'S
television programming;

NOW, THEREFORE,  for good and valuable consideration and in consideration of the
covenants,  agreements,  terms,  and  provisions as herein  contained,  mutually
agreed by and between the parties as follows:

ARTICLE 1: Production of Audio/Visual Television Programming

         The parties hereby agree that TRICOM shall have the exclusive  right to
the production of all audio/visual  television  programming created by SHOP T.V.
INC.  for a period of five (5) years  from the date of this  agreement.  For the
purposes of this Agreement, production shall encompass:

         1.  creating audio/video footage containing marketing concepts created
             by SHOP T.V. INC. for broadcast on television or other approved
             media;

         2.  obtaining  television  airtime  for  approved  audio/video  footage
             containing marketing concepts created by SHOP T.V. INC.; and

         3.  creating all print  advertising  for approved  audio/video  footage
             containing marketing concepts created by SHOP T.V. INC.

ARTICLE II: Price

         SHOP T.V. INC.  agrees to pay TRICOM in advance of TRICOM  undertaking
any production  work (for each  participant  with whom SHOP T.V. INC. contracts)
the sum of seven  thousand  dollars  ($7,000.00)  per segment,  for  production
work performed by TRICOM in TRICOM'S  production  facilities,  as indicated in
Article I herein.  Any other  production work undertaken by TRICOM in behalf of
SHOP T.V. INC. shall be at rates negotiated by the parties.

ARTICLE III: Expenses

         The parties agree that SHOP T.V. INC. shall pay for all expenses
related to any production work conducted by TRICOM on location, in behalf of
SHOP T.V. INC.  Said expenses shall include, but not be limited to reasonable
travel expenses and location related costs.

ARTICLE IV: Entire Agreement

         This Agreement  constitutes the entire and exclusive  agreement between
the parties  hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all
prior agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, both written and
oral,  between the parties  hereto with  respect to such  subject  matter.  This
Agreement  may not be modified  in whole in part except by a written  instrument
executed by all of the parties hereto.

ARTICLE V: Divisibility

         If any portion of this Agreement is held to be unreasonable,  arbitrary
or against public policy,  this Agreement shall be considered  divisible both as
to time and as to geographic  area, and each month of the specified period shall
be deemed to be a separate period of time. In the event any Court determines the
specified  time  period or  geographic  area to be  unreasonable,  arbitrary  or
against  public  policy,  a lesser  time  period  or  geographic  area  which is
determined to be reasonable,  non-arbitrary and not against public policy may be
enforced.

ARTICLE VI: Applicable Law

         This  Agreement  shall be governed  for all purposes by the laws of the
State of Florida.  Venue for any action to enforce or  challenge  the  Agreement
shall be exclusively in the courts of Broward County, Florida.

ARTICLE VII: Section Headings

The section  and other  headings  contain in this  Agreement  are for  reference
purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or  interpretation  of any of the
provisions of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII: Effective Date

This  Agreement  shall be  effective  as of the date of execution by the parties
hereto.


IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  EACH OF THE Parties has duly signed this  Agreement on the
date first written below.

TRICOM PICTURES & PRODUCTIONS, INC.


By:/S/JACK LEVINE                                        /S/CYNTHIA ROSS
- -----------------                                        ---------------
Jack Levine, Vice President                                  WITNESS

Date: July 1, 1998


SHOP T.V., INC.


By:/S/MARK ALFIERI                                       /S/BONNIE HARRISON
- ------------------                                       ------------------
Mark Alfieri, President                                       WITNESS

Date: July 1, 1998







                    EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EXECUTIVE  EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered into
as of the 29th day of June 1998, (the "Effective Date"), between TEE-RIFIK CORP.
(name to be changed to Shop T.V., Inc.), a Nevada  corporation,  whose principal
place of business is 1984 North Rainbow, Suite 103, Las Vegas, Nevada 89108 (the
"Company") and MARK ALFIERI an individual whose address is 1460 S.W. 14th Drive,
Boca Raton, Florida 33432 (the "Executive").

                         RECITALS

         A. The Company is a Nevada  corporation  and is principally  engaged in
the business of multimedia sales and marketing (the "Business").

         B. The Company  desires to employ the Executive and desires to continue
to employ the Executive  and the Executive  desires to continue in the employ of
the Company.

         C. The Company has  established a valuable  reputation  and goodwill in
the Business.

         D. The  Executive,  by virtue of the  Executive's  employment  with the
Company has become familiar with and possessed with the manner,  methods,  trade
secrets and other confidential information pertaining to the Company's business,
including the Company's customer base.

NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual  agreements  herein made, the
Company and the Executive do hereby agree as follows:

         1.  Recitals.    The above recitals are true, correct, and are herein
         incorporated by reference.

         2.  Employment.  The  Company  hereby  employs  the  Executive  as  its
         President, and the Executive hereby accepts employment,  upon the terms
         and conditions hereinafter set forth.

         3.  Authority and Power During Employment Period.

             a. Duties and Responsibilities.  During the term of this Agreement,
             the  Executive  shall serve as  President  of the Company and shall
             have general executive operating  supervision over the business and
             affairs of the Company, its subsidiaries and divisions,  subject to
             the  guidelines  and  direction  of the Board of  Directors  of the
             Company.  It is further the  intention  of the parties  that at all
             times during the "Term," as hereinafter  defined, of the Agreement,
             the Executive  shall serve as a member of the Board of Directors of
             the Company, in accordance with the Bylaws of the Company.

             b.  Time  Devoted.  Throughout  the  term  of  the  Agreement,  the
             Executive  shall  devote   substantially  all  of  the  Executive's
             business  time and  attention  to the  business  and affairs of the
             Company  consistent with the Executive's  senior executive position
             with the Company,  except for  reasonable  vacations and illness or
             incapacity,  but  nothing  in  the  Agreement  shall  preclude  the
             Executive  from  engaging  in any  business  for Tricom  Pictures &
             Productions, Inc. or any personal business including as a member of
             the  board  of  directors  of  related  companies,  charitable  and
             community  affairs,  provided that such activities do not interfere
             with  the  regular   performance  of  the  Executive's  duties  and
             responsibilities under this Agreement.

         4. Term. The Term of employment  hereunder will commence on the date as
         set forth above and terminate  three (3) years from the Effective Date,
         and such term shall  automatically  be extended for  successive one (1)
         year terms thereafter  unless (1) the parties mutually agree in writing
         to alter or amend the terms of the Agreement;  or(2) one or both of the
         parties  exercises  their  right,  pursuant  to  Section 6  herein,  to
         terminate this employment relationship. For purposes of this Agreement,
         the Term (the "Term")  shall  include the initial term and all renewals
         thereof.

         5.  Compensation and Benefits.

             a. Salary and Bonus.  The Executive shall be entitled to salary and
             bonus as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

             b.   Signing Bonus.   Upon execution of this Agreement, Executive
             shall receive $125,000.

             c.  Executive   Benefits.   The  Executive  shall  be  entitled  to
             participate  in  all  benefit  programs  of the  Company  currently
             existing or hereafter  made  available to  executives  and/or other
             salaried  employees,  including,  but not limited to,  pension and,
             other  retirement  plans,  group life  insurance,  hospitalization,
             surgical and major medical  coverage,  sick leave,  disability  and
             salary continuation,  vacation and holidays, cellular telephone and
             all related costs and  expenses,  long-term  disability,  and other
             fringe benefits.

             d. Vacation.  During each fiscal year of the Company, the Executive
             shall be entitled to  reasonable  vacation time and to utilize such
             vacation as the Executive shall determine;  provided however,  that
             the Executive  shall  evidence  reasonable  judgment with regard to
             appropriate  vacation  scheduling.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,
             employee  shall be  entitled to four (4) weeks  vacation  per year,
             with unused vacation accruing to the following year.

             e. Business Expense Reimbursement.  During, the Term of employment,
             the Executive shall be entitled to receive proper reimbursement for
             all reasonable,  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred by the Executive
             (in accordance with the policies and procedures  established by the
             Company for its senior executive  officers) in performing  services
             hereunder, provided the Executive properly accounts therefor.

             f.  Automobile  Expenses.  The Company  shall provide the Executive
             with an automobile allowance not to exceed $1,200.00 per month plus
             insurance. The Company shall also pay all reasonable maintenance of
             for the automobile that is the subject of the automobile allowance.

         6. Consequences of Termination of Employment.

             a.  Death.  In the event of the death of the  Executive  during the
             Term,   salary  shall  be  paid  to  the   Executive's   designated
             beneficiary,  or, in the absence of such designation, to the estate
             or other legal  representative of the Executive for a period of one
             (1) year from and after the date of death.

             b.   Disability.

                  (1) In the event of the Executive's disability, as hereinafter
                  defined,  the Executive  shall be entitled to  compensation in
                  accordance with the Company's disability compensation practice
                  for senior executives,  including any separate  arrangement or
                  policy covering the Executive, but in all events the Executive
                  shall continue to receive the Executive's salary for a period,
                  at  the  annual  rate  in  effect  immediately  prior  to  the
                  commencement of disability, of not less than 180 days from the
                  date on  which  the  disability  has been  deemed  to occur as
                  hereinafter  provided below.  Any amounts provided for in this
                  Section  6(b)  shall be offset by other  long-term  disability
                  benefits provided to the Executive by the Company.

                  (2) "Disability," for the purposes of this Agreement, shall be
                  deemed to have  occurred  in the event  (A) the  Executive  is
                  unable by reason of  sickness  or  accident,  to  perform  the
                  Executive's  duties under this  Agreement  for an aggregate of
                  180 days in any twelve-month period or (B) the Executive his a
                  guardian  of the  person  or  estate  appointed  by a court of
                  competent jurisdiction. Termination due to disability shall be
                  deemed  to have  occurred  upon  the  first  day of the  month
                  following  the  determination  of disability as defined in the
                  preceding sentence.

         Anything  herein  to the  contrary  notwithstanding,  if,  following  a
         termination  of  employment  hereunder due to disability as provided in
         the preceding paragraph,  the Executive becomes reemployed,  whether as
         an  Executive  or a  consultant  to the  Company,  any  salary,  annual
         incentive  payments or other benefits earned by the Executive from such
         reemployment shall offset any salary  continuation due to the Executive
         hereunder commencing with the date of re-employment.

             c. Termination by the Company for Cause.

                  (1) Nothing herein shall prevent the Company from  terminating
                  Employment for "Cause," as hereinafter  defined. The Executive
                  shall  continue to receive  salary for a period ending two (2)
                  years  after  the date of such  termination  plus any  accrued
                  Bonus  through  such  date  of  termination.  Any  rights  and
                  benefits  the  Executive  may  have in  respect  of any  other
                  compensation  shall be determined in accordance with the terms
                  of such  other  compensation  arrangements  or such  plans  or
                  programs.

                  (2)  "Cause"  shall mean and include  those  actions or events
                  specified  below in subsections  (A) through (E) to the extent
                  the same  occur,  or the  events  constituting  the same  take
                  place,  subsequent to the date of execution of this Agreement:
                  (A) Committing or  participating in an injurious act of fraud,
                  gross   neglect   or   embezzlement   against   the   Company;
                  (B)committing  or  participating in any other injurious act or
                  omission wantonly, willfully,  recklessly or in a manner which
                  was grossly  negligent  against  the  Company,  monetarily  or
                  otherwise;  (C)  engaging in a criminal  enterprise  involving
                  moral turpitude; (D) conviction of an act or acts constituting
                  a felony  under  the laws of the  United  States  or any state
                  thereof,  or (E)  any  assignment  of  this  Agreement  by the
                  Executive  in violation  of Section 13 of this  Agreement.  No
                  actions,  events or circumstances occurring or taking place at
                  any  time  prior to the  date of this  Agreement  shall in any
                  event  constitute or provide any basis for any  termination of
                  this Agreement for Cause;

                  (3) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Agreement,
                  this Agreement will not be deemed to have been  terminated for
                  Cause unless and until there shall have been  delivered to the
                  Executive a notice of  termination  stating that the Executive
                  committed  one of the  types  of  conduct  set  forth  in this
                  Section  6(c)contained  in this  Agreement and  specifying the
                  particulars  thereof and the Executive shall be given a thirty
                  (30) day period to cure such conduct, if possible.

             d.  Termination by the Company Other than for Cause

                  (1) The foregoing  notwithstanding,  the Company may terminate
                  the  Executive's  employment  for  whatever  reason  it  deems
                  appropriate;   provided,  however,  that  in  the  event  such
                  termination is not based on Cause, as provided in Section 6(c)
                  above,  the Company may terminate  this  Agreement upon giving
                  three (3) months' prior written notice.  During such three (3)
                  month  period,  the  Executive  shall  continue to perform the
                  Executive's duties pursuant to this Agreement, and the Company
                  shall continue to compensate the Executive in accordance  with
                  this Agreement The Executive will receive,  at the Executive's
                  option,  either (A) a lump sum equal to the  "Compensation and
                  Benefits," as hereinafter  defined,  for the remaining balance
                  of the  Term of this  Agreement,  at the  then  current  rate,
                  reduced to present value,  as set forth in Section 280G of the
                  Internal Revenue Code or (B) for the remaining  balance of the
                  Term of this  Agreement  from and  after  the date of any such
                  termination,  the  Company  shall  on the  last  day  of  each
                  calendar  month pay to the Executive  such  "Compensation  and
                  Benefits,"  which shall be an amount  equal to (Y) One Hundred
                  percent (100%) of the  Executive's  compensation  and benefits
                  set forth in Section 5, which shall  specifically  include the
                  Salary  and   Executive   Benefits  (the   "Compensation   and
                  Benefits"),  on the date of any such  termination,  divided by
                  (Z) twelve  (12).  provided,  however,  that if (A) there is a
                  decrease in the Executive's  Compensation and Benefits of more
                  than five (5%)  percent  prior to  termination  for any reason
                  other than for "Cause",  and (B) the  Executive is  terminated
                  without  cause,  the  Compensation  and  Benefits  shall be as
                  existed  immediately  prior to such a decrease.  The Executive
                  will  be  entitled  to  continued  Compensation  and  Benefits
                  coverage   and   credits  as  provided  in  Section  5  or  to
                  reimbursement  for the cost of providing  the  Executive  with
                  comparable  benefit  coverage  during  the term in  which  the
                  Executive  is  receiving   payments  from  the  Company  after
                  termination  pursuant to Section 6(d).  Such benefit  coverage
                  will  be  offset  by  comparable   coverage  provided  to  the
                  Executive in connection with subsequent employment.

                  (2) In the  event  that the  Executive's  employment  with the
                  Company is terminated  pursuant to this Section 6(d),  Section
                  6(f),  Section  6(g) of  this  Agreement  and  all  references
                  thereto  shall be  inapplicable  as to the  Executive  and the
                  Company.

             e. Voluntary Termination. In the event the Executive terminates the
             Executive's  employment on the Executive's own volition  (except as
             provided  in  Section  6(f)  and/or  Section  6(g))  prior  to  the
             expiration  of the Term of this  Agreement,  including any renewals
             thereof,  such termination shall constitute a voluntary termination
             and in such event the Executive shall be limited to the same rights
             and benefits as provided in connection with a termination for Cause
             as provided in Section 6(c).

             f.  Constructive  Termination  of  Employment.  If the Executive so
             elects,  a termination  by the Company  without Cause under Section
             6(d) shall be deemed to have occurred upon the occurrence of one or
             more of the following events without the express written consent of
             the Executive:

                  (1) a  significant  change  in  the  nature  or  scope  of the
                  authorities,  powers,  functions,  duties or  responsibilities
                  attached to Executive's position as described in Section 3; or

                  (2)   any reduction in the Executive's salary; or

                  (3)   a material breach of the Agreement by the Company, or

                  (4) a material reduction of the Executive's benefits under any
                  employee  benefit plan,  program or arrangement (for Executive
                  individually  or as part of a group) of the Company as then in
                  effect or as in effect on the effective date of the Agreement,
                  which   reduction  shall  not  be  effectuated  for  similarly
                  situated employees of the Company; or

                  (5) failure by a successor  company to assume the  obligations
                  under the Agreement.

         Anything  herein to the contrary  notwithstanding,  the Executive shall
         give  written  notice to the Board of Directors of the Company that the
         Executive  believes  an event  has  occurred  which  would  result in a
         Constructive  Termination  of the  Executive's  employment  under  this
         Section 6(f),  which written notice shall specify the particular act or
         acts, on the basis of which the  Executive  intends to so terminate the
         Executive's  employment,  and  the  Company  shall  then be  given  the
         opportunity,  within fifteen (15) days of its receipt of such notice to
         cure said  event,  provided,  however,  there  shall be no time  period
         permitted to cure a second or subsequent  occurrence under this Section
         6(f)(whether such second occurrence be of the same or a different event
         specified in subsections (1) through (5) above).

             g.   Termination Following a Change of Control.

                  (1) In the event that a "Change in Control"  or an  "Attempted
                  Change in  Control"  as  hereinafter  defined,  of the Company
                  shall occur at any time during the Term hereof,  the Executive
                  shall have the right to terminate the  Executive's  employment
                  under this  Agreement  upon  thirty (30) days  written  notice
                  given at any time within one year after the occurrence of such
                  event, and such termination of the Executive's employment with
                  the Company pursuant to this Section 6(g)(1), and, in any such
                  event, such termination shall be deemed to be a Termination by
                  the Company  Other than for Cause and the  Executive  shall be
                  entitled  to such  Compensation  and  Benefits as set forth in
                  Subsection 6(h) of this Agreement.

                  (2) For  purposes of this  Agreements a "Change in Control" of
                  the Company shall mean a change in control (A) as set forth in
                  Section 280G of the  Internal  Revenue Code or (B) of a nature
                  that would be required to be reported in response to Item 1 of
                  the  current  report  on Form  8-K,  as in  effect on the date
                  hereof,  pursuant  to  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
                  Exchange  Act of 1934 (the  "Exchange  Act");  provided  that,
                  without  limitation,  such a change in control shall be deemed
                  to have occurred at such time as:

                        (A) any "person" other than the Executive, (as such term
                        is used in Section  13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act)
                        is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule
                        13d-3 under the Exchange  Act),  directly or indirectly,
                        of securities of the Company  representing fifty percent
                        (50%)or  more  of  the  combined  voting  power  of  the
                        Company's  outstanding  securities then having the right
                        to vote at elections of directors; or,

                        (B) the individuals who at the commencement  date of the
                        Agreement  constitute  the Board of Directors  cease for
                        any reason to constitute a majority  thereof  unless the
                        election,  or  nomination  for  election,  of  each  new
                        director  was  approved by a vote of at least two thirds
                        of the  directors  then in office who were  directors at
                        the commencement of the Agreement; or

                        (C) there is a failure  to elect  three or more (or such
                        number of  directors  as would  constitute a majority of
                        the  Board  of   Directors)   candidates   nominated  by
                        management of the Company to the Board of Directors; or

                        (D)  the   business   of  the   Company  for  which  the
                        Executive's   services  are  principally   performed  is
                        disposed  of by the  Company  pursuant  to a partial  or
                        complete  liquidation  of the Company,  a sale of assets
                        (including  stock of a  subsidiary  of the  Company)  or
                        otherwise.

         Anything herein to the contrary  notwithstanding,  this Section 6(g)(2)
         will not apply  where the  Executive  gives  the  Executive's  explicit
         written waiver stating that for the purposes of this Section  6(g)(2) a
         Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred. The Executive's
         participation  in any  negotiations  or other  matters in relation to a
         Change in Control  shall in no way  constitute  such a waiver which can
         only  be  given  by an  explicit  written  waiver  as  provided  in the
         preceding sentence.

         An  "Attempted  Change in Control"  shall be deemed to have occurred if
         any substantial  attempt,  accompanied by significant  work efforts and
         expenditures  of money,  is made to accomplish a Change in Control,  as
         described in  subparagraphs  (A),  (B), (C) or (D) above whether or not
         such  attempt  is made  with the  approval  of a  majority  of the then
         current members of the Board of Directors.

                  (3) In the event that, within twelve (12) months of any Change
                  in Control of the Company or any  Attempted  Change in Control
                  of the Company,  the Company  terminates the employment of the
                  Executive under this Agreement,  for any reason other than for
                  Cause  as  defined  in  Section  6(c),   or  the   Executive's
                  employment is constructively  terminated as defined in Section
                  6(f), then, in any such event such termination shall be deemed
                  to be a  Termination  by the Company  Other than for Cause and
                  the  Executive  shall be  entitled  to such  Compensation  and
                  Benefits as set forth in Subsection 6(d) of this Agreement.

             h.   Compensation   and  Benefits  Upon  Termination  of  Executive
             Employment.   In  the  event  of  any  termination  of  Executive's
             employment  Other  than  for  Cause  under  Section  6(d),  or  any
             termination of Executive's  employment  pursuant to Section 6(f) or
             Section 6(g), on the effective  date of any such  termination,  the
             Executive shall be entitled to receive the following:

                  (1) All life,  disability  and health  insurance  benefits  to
                  which he was entitled to continue to receive  thirty (30) days
                  prior to the Effective Date of the Settlement Agreement, for a
                  period of two (2) years  following the effective  date of such
                  termination; provided that in the Executive's sole discretion,
                  the  Executive  may receive the cash  equivalent of all or any
                  part of such life, disability and/or health insurance benefits
                  from the Company in lieu of receiving such benefits; plus

                  (2)  Compensation  equal to three (3)  times  the  Executive's
                  annual  Salary,  based  upon the  greater  of the  Executive's
                  Salary  (i)  immediately   prior  to  the  effective  date  of
                  termination  or (ii) or as of ninety  (90)  days  prior to the
                  effective  date of  termination.  All  Compensation  shall  be
                  payable to the Executive bi-weekly; provided that in the event
                  that the Executive is entitled to receive the  Compensation as
                  a result of a Change in Control,  at the  Executive's  option,
                  the Executive  may receive  either (i) a lump sum equal to the
                  Compensation  due to the  Executive  pursuant to Section  6(h)
                  reduced to present value,  as set forth in Section 280G of the
                  Internal Revenue Code or (ii) bi-weekly; plus

                  (3) The provisions of this Section 6(h)  notwithstanding,  the
                  Compensation  and  Benefits to be  received  by the  Executive
                  pursuant to this  Section 6(h) shall not exceed the amount set
                  forth in Section  162(m) of the Internal  Revenue Code, or its
                  successor provision.

         7.  Indemnification.  The Executive shall continue to be covered by the
         Certificate  of  Incorporation  and/or the Bylaws of the  Company  with
         respect to matters  occurring on or prior to the date of termination of
         the  Executive's  employment  with  the  Company,  subject  to all  the
         provisions   of  Nevada  and  Federal  law  and  the   Certificate   of
         Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company then in effect. Such reasonable
         expenses,  including  attorneys'  fees,  that  may  be  covered  by the
         Certificate of Incorporation and/or Bylaws of the Company shall be paid
         by the Company on a current  basis in accordance  with such  provision,
         the  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and Nevada  law. To the
         extent that any such payments by the Company  pursuant to the Company's
         Certificate of Incorporation  and/or Bylaws may be subject to repayment
         by  the  Executive   pursuant  to  the   provisions  of  the  Company's
         Certificate  of  Incorporation  or  Bylaws,  or  pursuant  to Nevada or
         Federal law, such  repayment  shall be due and payable by the Executive
         to the Company  within twelve (12) months after the  termination of all
         proceedings,  if  any,  which  relate  to  such  repayment  and  to the
         Company's  affairs for the period prior to the date of  termination  of
         the  Executive's  employment with the Company and as to which Executive
         has been covered by such applicable provisions.

         8. Withholding. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding,  all payments
         required to be made by the Company  hereunder  to the  Executive or the
         Executive's estate or beneficiaries shall be subject to the withholding
         of such amounts,  if any, relating to tax and other payroll  deductions
         as the Company may reasonably  determine it should withhold pursuant to
         any applicable law or regulation.  In lieu of withholding such amounts,
         the  Company  may accept  other  arrangements  pursuant  to which it is
         satisfied that such tax and other payroll obligations will be satisfied
         in a manner complying with applicable law or regulation.

         9.  Notices.  Any notice  required or  permitted  to be given under the
         terms of this  Agreement  shall be sufficient if in writing and if sent
         postage   prepaid  by  registered  or  certified  mail  return  receipt
         requested, by overnight delivery; by courier; or by confirmed telecopy,
         in the case of the Executive to the Executive's  last place of business
         or residence as shown on the records of the Company,  or in the case of
         the Company to its principal office as set forth in the first paragraph
         of this Agreement, or at such other place as it may designate.

         10. Waiver.  Unless agreed in writing,  the failure of either party, at
         any  time,  to  require  performance  by the  other  of any  provisions
         hereunder  shall not affect its right  thereafter  to enforce the same,
         nor  shall a waiver  by either  party of any  breach  of any  provision
         hereof  be taken  or held to be a  waiver  of any  other  preceding  or
         succeeding  breach  of any  term or  provision  of this  Agreement.  No
         extension of time for the performance of any obligation or act shall be
         deemed  to be an  extension  of time for the  performance  of any other
         obligation or act hereunder.

         11.  Completeness  and  Modification.  This Agreement  constitutes  the
         entire  understanding  between the parties hereto superseding all prior
         and  contemporaneous  agreements  or  understandings  among the parties
         hereto  concerning  the  Employment  Agreement.  This  Agreement may be
         amended,  modified,  superseded  or  canceled,  and  any of the  terms,
         covenants,  representations,  warranties  or  conditions  hereof may be
         waived,  only by a written instrument executed by the parties or in the
         case of a waiver, by the party to be charged.

         12.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in  two or  more
         counterparts,  each of which  shall be  deemed an  original  but all of
         which shall constitute but one agreement.

         13. Binding Effective/Assignment.  This Agreement shall be binding upon
         the parties hereto, their heirs, legal representatives,  successors and
         assigns.  This  Agreement  shall not be assignable by the Executive but
         shall be  assignable  by the  Company  in  connection  with  the  sale,
         transfer  or  other  disposition  of  its  business  or to  any  of the
         Company's  affiliates  controlled  by or under common  control with the
         Company.

         14.  Governing Law. This Agreement shall become valid when executed and
         accepted by Company. The parties agree that it shall be deemed made and
         entered  into in the  State  of  Florida  and  shall  be  governed  and
         construed  under  and in  accordance  with  the  laws of the  State  of
         Florida.  Anything in this  Agreement to the contrary  notwithstanding,
         the Executive shall conduct the Executive's business in a lawful manner
         and faithfully comply with applicable laws or regulations of the state,
         city or other political subdivision in which the Executive is located.

         15.  Further  Assurances.  All parties hereto shall execute and deliver
         such other  instruments  and do such other acts as may be  necessary to
         carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement.

         16. Headings. The headings of the sections are for convenience only and
         shall not  control or affect the meaning or  construction  or limit the
         scope or intent of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

         17.  Survival.  Any termination of this Agreement  shall not,  however,
         affect the ongoing  provisions of this  Agreement,  which shall survive
         such termination in accordance with their terms.

         18. Severability.  The invalidity or  unenforceability,  in whole or in
         part,  of  any  covenant,  promise  or  undertaking,  or  any  section,
         subsection,  paragraph,  sentence,  clause,  phrase  or  word or of any
         provision  of  this   Agreement   shall  not  affect  the  validity  or
         enforceability of the remaining portions thereof.

         19. Enforcement.  Should it become necessary for any party to institute
         legal action to enforce the terms and  conditions of this Agreement the
         successful  party will be  awarded  reasonable  attorneys'  fees at all
         trial and appellate levels, expenses and costs.

         20. Venue.  Company and Executive  acknowledge  and agree that the U.S.
         District for the Southern  District of Florida,  or if such court lacks
         jurisdiction,  the 15th Judicial  Circuit (or its successor) in and for
         Broward County,  Florida, shall be the venue and exclusive proper forum
         in which to adjudicate any case or controversy arising either, directly
         or  indirectly,  under or in  connection  with this  Agreement  and the
         parties  further agree that,  in the event of  litigation  out of or in
         connection  with this Agreement in these courts,  they will not contest
         or challenge the jurisdiction or venue of these courts.

         21.  Construction.  This Agreement  shall be construed  within the fair
         meaning of each of its terms and not against the party drafting the
         document.


THE EXECUTIVE  ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE EXECUTIVE HAS READ ALL OF THE TERMS OF THIS
AGREEMENT,  UNDERSTANDS  THE  AGREEMENT,  AND  AGREES  TO ABIDE BY ITS TERMS AND
CONDITIONS.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, he parties have executed this Agreement as of date set forth
in the last paragraph of this Agreement.

Witness:                                         The Company:

                                                TEE-RIFIK CORP.

/S/ERIC WARM                                   By:/S/JACK LEVINE
- ------------                                  ------------------
Eric Warm                                Jack Levine, Vice President


Witness:                                       THE EXECUTIVE

/S/ERIC WARM                                 /S/MARK ALFIERI
- ------------                                 ---------------
Eric Warm                                      Mark Alfieri






                              SCHEDULE A




1998     $450,000.00 Base Salary

1999     $250,000.00 Base Salary



<TABLE>

BONUS STRUCTURE
<CAPTION>

         Net Income to Company               Bonus Payment  (1)
         -------------------------           ------------------
<S>        <C>     <C>
           $1.00 - $250,000.00                No Bonus
         $250,000.01 - $350,000.00            A $50,000.00 Bonus
         $350,000.01 - $450,000.00            An additional $50,000.00 Bonus
         $450,000.01 - $500,000.00            An additional $25,000.00 Bonus
</TABLE>
- ------------------------------------


(1) Bonuses will be proportionate to the Company receiving a minimum bottom line
    of $250,000.00 after bonuses paid.



2000     $250,000.00 Base Salary


<TABLE>

BONUS STRUCTURE
<CAPTION>

         Net Income to Company               Bonus Payment  (1)
         -------------------------           ------------------
<S>            <C>     <C>
               $1.00 - $500,000.00            No Bonus
         $500,000.01 - $600,000.00            A $50,000.00 Bonus
         $600,000.01 - $700,000.00            An additional $50,000.00 Bonus
         $700,000.01 - $750,000.00            An additional $25,000.00 Bonus
</TABLE>

- ----------------------------

(1) Bonuses will be proportionate to the Company receiving a minimum bottom line
    of $500,000.00 after bonuses paid.



    Witness:                                   The Company:

                                               TEE-RIFIK CORP.

  /S/ERIC WARM                               By:/S/JACK LEVINE
  ------------                               -----------------
  Eric Warm                             Jack Levine, Vice President

      Witness:                                  THE EXECUTIVE

  /S/ERIC WARM                                 /S/MARK ALFIERI
  ------------                                 ---------------
   Eric Warm                                     Mark Alfieri






                    EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EXECUTIVE  EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered into
as of the 29th day of June 1998, (the "Effective Date"), between TEE-RIFIK CORP.
(name to be changed to Shop T.V., Inc.), a Nevada  corporation,  whose principal
place of business is 1984 North Rainbow, Suite 103, Las Vegas, Nevada 89108 (the
"Company")  and JACK LEVINE,  an individual  whose address is 11330  Timberlodge
Terrace, Boca Raton, Florida 33428 (the "Executive").

RECITALS

         A. The Company is a Nevada  corporation  and is principally  engaged in
the business of multimedia sales and marketing (the "Business").

         B. The Company  desires to employ the Executive and desires to continue
         to employ the Executive  and the  Executive  desires to continue in the
         employ of the Company.

         C. The Company has  established a valuable  reputation  and goodwill in
         the Business.

         D. The  Executive,  by virtue of the  Executive's  employment  with the
         Company  has  become  familiar  with and  possessed  with  the  manner,
         methods, trade secrets and other confidential information pertaining to
         the Company's business, including the Company's customer base.

NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual  agreements  herein made, the
Company and the Executive do hereby agree as follows:

         1.  Recitals.   The above recitals are true, correct, and are herein
         incorporated by reference.

         2.   Employment  The  Company  hereby  employs  the  Executive  as  its
         President, and the Executive hereby accepts employment,  upon the terms
         and conditions hereinafter set forth.

         3.  Authority and Power During Employment Period. .

             a. Duties and Responsibilities.  During the term of this Agreement,
             the  Executive  shall serve as  President  of the Company and shall
             have general executive operating  supervision over the business and
             affairs of the Company, its subsidiaries and divisions,  subject to
             the  guidelines  and  direction  of the Board of  Directors  of the
             Company.  It is further the  intention  of the parties  that at all
             times during the "Term," as hereinafter  defined, of the Agreement,
             the Executive  shall serve as a member of the Board of Directors of
             the Company, in accordance with the Bylaws of the Company.

             b. Time Devoted. Throughout the term of the Agreement the Executive
             shall devote substantially all of the Executive's business time and
             attention  to the  business  and affairs of the Company  consistent
             with the Executive's  senior  executive  position with the Company,
             except for  reasonable  vacations  and  illness or  incapacity  but
             nothing in the Agreement shall preclude the Executive from engaging
             in any  business  for Tricom  Pictures &  Productions,  Inc. or any
             personal  business  including as a member of the board of directors
             of related companies,  charitable and community  affairs,  provided
             that such activities do not interfere with the regular  performance
             of  the  Executive's   duties  and   responsibilities   under  this
             Agreement.

         4. Term. The Term of employment  hereunder will commence on the date as
         set forth above and terminate  three (3) years from the Effective Date,
         and such term shall  automatically  be extended for  successive one (1)
         year terms thereafter  unless (1) the parties mutually agree in writing
         to alter or amend the terms of the Agreement; or (2) one or both of the
         parties  exercises  their  right,  pursuant  to  Section 6  herein,  to
         terminate this employment relationship. For purposes of this Agreement,
         the Term (the "Term")  shall  include the initial term and all renewals
         thereof.

         5.  Compensation and Benefits.

             a. Salary and Bonus.  The Executive shall be entitled to salary and
             bonus as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

             b.   Signing Bonus.    Upon execution of this Agreement,  Executive
             shall receive $125,000.

             c.  Executive   Benefits.   The  Executive  shall  be  entitled  to
             participate  in  an  benefit  programs  of  the  Company  currently
             existing or hereafter  made  available to  executives  and/or other
             salaried  employees,  including,  but not limited  to,  pension and
             other  retirement  plans,  group life  insurance,  hospitalization,
             surgical and major medical  coverage,  sick leave,  disability  and
             salary continuation,  vacation and holidays, cellular telephone and
             all related  costs and  expenses,  long-term  disability  and other
             fringe benefits.

             d. Vacation.  During each fiscal year of the Company, the Executive
             shall be entitled to  reasonable  vacation time and to utilize such
             vacation as the Executive shall determine;  provided however,  that
             the Executive  shall  evidence  reasonable  judgment with regard to
             appropriate  vacation  scheduling.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,
             employee  shall be  entitled to four (4) weeks  vacation  per year,
             with unused vacation accruing to the following year.

             e. Business Expense  Reimbursement.  During the Term of employment,
             the Executive shall be entitled to receive proper reimbursement for
             all reasonable,  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred by the Executive
             (in accordance with the policies and procedures  established by the
             Company for its senior executive  officers) in performing  services
             hereunder, provided the Executive properly accounts therefor.

             f.  Automobile  Expenses.  The Company  shall provide the Executive
             with an automobile allowance not to exceed $1,200.00 per month plus
             insurance. The Company shall also pay all reasonable maintenance of
             for the automobile that is the subject of the automobile allowance.

         6. Consequences of Termination of Employment.

             a.  Death.  In the event of the death of the  Executive  during the
             Term,   salary  shall  be  paid  to  the   Executive's   designated
             beneficiary,  or, in the absence of such designation, to the estate
             or other legal  representative of the Executive for a period of one
             (1) year from and after the date of death.

             b.   Disability.

                  (1) In the event of the Executive's disability, as hereinafter
                  defined the  Executive  shall be entitled to  compensation  in
                  accordance with the Company's disability compensation practice
                  for senior executives,  including any separate  arrangement or
                  policy covering the Executive, but in all events the Executive
                  shall continue to receive the Executive's salary for a period,
                  at  the  annual  rate  in  effect  immediately  prior  to  the
                  commencement of disability, of not less than 180 days from the
                  date on  which  the  disability  has been  deemed  to occur as
                  hereinafter  provided below.  Any amounts provided for in this
                  Section  6(b)  shall be offset by other  long-term  disability
                  benefits provided to the Executive by the Company.

                  (2) "Disability" for the purposes of this Agreement,  shall be
                  deemed to have  occurred  in the event  (A) the  Executive  is
                  unable by reason of  sickness  or  accident,  to  perform  the
                  Executive's  duties under this  Agreement  for an aggregate of
                  180 days in any twelve-month period or (B) the Executive has a
                  guardian  of the  person  or  estate  appointed  by a court of
                  competent jurisdiction. Termination due to disability shall be
                  deemed  to have  occurred  upon  the  first  day of the  month
                  following  the  determination  of disability as defined in the
                  preceding sentence.

                  (3)  Anything  herein  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding  if,
                  following  a  termination  of  employment   hereunder  due  to
                  disability  as  provided  in  the  preceding  paragraph,   the
                  Executive  becomes  reemployed,  whether as an  Executive or a
                  consultant  to  the  Company,  any  salary,  annual  incentive
                  payments or other  benefits  earned by the Executive from such
                  reemployment  shall offset any salary  continuation due to the
                  Executive hereunder commencing with the date of reemployment.

             c.   Termination by the Company for Cause.

                  (1) Nothing herein shall prevent the Company from  terminating
                  Employment for "Cause", as hereinafter  defined. The Executive
                  shall  continue to receive  salary for a period ending two (2)
                  years  after  the date of such  termination  plus any  accrued
                  Bonus  through  such  date  of  termination.  Any  rights  and
                  benefits  the  Executive  may  have in  respect  of any  other
                  compensation  shall be determined in accordance with the terms
                  of such  other  compensation  arrangements  or such  plans  or
                  programs.

                  (2)  "Cause"  shall mean and include  those  actions or events
                  specified  below in subsections  (A) through (E) to the extent
                  the same  occur,  or the  events  constituting  the same  take
                  place,  subsequent to the date of execution of this Agreement:
                  (A) Committing or  participating in an injurious act of fraud,
                  gross  neglect  or  embezzlement   against  the  Company;  (B)
                  committing  or  participating  in any other  injurious  act or
                  omission wantonly, willfully,  recklessly or in a manner which
                  was grossly  negligent  against  the  Company,  monetarily  or
                  otherwise;  (C)  engaging in a criminal  enterprise  involving
                  moral turpitude; (D) conviction of an act or acts constituting
                  a felony  under  the laws of the  United  States  or any state
                  thereof;  or (E)  any  assignment  of  this  Agreement  by the
                  Executive  in violation  of Section 13 of this  Agreement.  No
                  actions,  events or circumstances occurring or taking place at
                  any  time  prior to the  date of this  Agreement  shall in any
                  event  constitute or provide any basis for any  termination of
                  this Agreement for Cause;

                  (3) Notwithstanding  anything else contained in this Agreement
                  this Agreement will not be deemed to have been  terminated for
                  Cause unless and until there shall have been  delivered to the
                  Executive a notice of  termination  stating that the Executive
                  committed  one of the  types  of  conduct  set  forth  in this
                  Section 6(c)  contained in this  Agreement and  specifying the
                  particulars  thereof and the Executive shall be given a thirty
                  (30) day period to cure such conduct if possible.

             d. Termination by the Company Other than for Cause.

                  (1) The foregoing  notwithstanding,  the Company may terminate
                  the  Executive's  employment  for  whatever  reason  it  deems
                  appropriate;   provided,  however,  that  in  the  event  such
                  termination is not based on Cause, as provided in Section 6(c)
                  above,  the Company may terminate  this  Agreement upon giving
                  three (3) months' prior written notice.  During such three (3)
                  month  period,  the  Executive  shall  continue to perform the
                  Executives duties pursuant to this Agreement,  and the Company
                  shall continue to compensate the Executive in accordance  with
                  this Agreement. The Executive will receive, at the Executive's
                  option,  either (A) a lump sum equal to the  "Compensation and
                  Benefits," as hereinafter  defined,  for the remaining balance
                  of the  Term of this  Agreement,  at the  then  current  rate,
                  reduced to present value,  as set forth in Section 280G of the
                  Internal Revenue Code or (B) for the remaining  balance of the
                  Term of this  Agreement  from and  after  the date of any such
                  termination,  the  Company  shall  on the  last  day  of  each
                  calendar  month pay to the Executive  such  "Compensation  and
                  Benefits"  which  shall be an amount  equal to (Y) One Hundred
                  percent (100%) of the  Executive's  compensation  and benefits
                  set forth in Section 5, which shall  specifically  include the
                  Salary  and   Executive   Benefits  (the   "Compensation   and
                  Benefits") on the date of any such termination, divided by (Z)
                  twelve (12); provided however, that if (A) there is a decrease
                  in the Executive's Compensation and Benefits of more than five
                  (5%) percent  prior to  termination  for any reason other than
                  for  "Cause",  and (B) the  Executive  is  terminated  without
                  cause,  the  Compensation  and  Benefits  shall be as  existed
                  immediately  prior to such a decrease.  The Executive  will be
                  entitled to continued  Compensation and Benefits  coverage and
                  credits as provided in Section 5 or to  reimbursement  for the
                  cost  of  providing  the  Executive  with  comparable  benefit
                  coverage  during the term in which the  Executive is receiving
                  payments  from  the  Company  after  termination  pursuant  to
                  Section  6(d).  Such  benefit   coverage  will  be  offset  by
                  comparable  coverage  provided to the  Executive in connection
                  with subsequent employment.

                  (2) In the  event  that the  Executive's  employment  with the
                  Company is terminated  pursuant to this Section 6(d),  Section
                  6(f),  Section  6(g) of  this  Agreement  and  all  references
                  thereto  shall be  inapplicable,  as to the  Executive and the
                  Company.

             e. Voluntary Termination. In the event the Executive terminates the
             Executive's  employment on the Executive's own volition  (except as
             provided  in  Section  6(f)  and/or  Section  6(g))  prior  to  the
             expiration  of the Term of this  Agreement,  including any renewals
             thereof,  such termination shall constitute a voluntary termination
             and in such event the Executive shall be limited to the same rights
             and benefits as provided in connection with a termination for Cause
             as provided in Section 6(c).

             f.  Constructive  Termination  of  Employment.  If the Executive so
             elects,  a termination  by the Company  without Cause under Section
             6(d)shall be deemed to have occurred upon the  occurrence of one or
             more of the following events without the express written consent of
             the Executive:

                  (1) a  significant  change  in  the  nature  or  scope  of the
                  authorities,  powers,  functions,  duties or  responsibilities
                  attached to Executive's position as described in Section 3; or

                  (2)  any reduction in the Executive's salary; or

                  (3)  a material breach of the Agreement by the Company, or

                  (4) a material reduction of the Executive's benefits under any
                  employee  benefit plan,  program or arrangement (for Executive
                  individually  or as part of a group) of the Company as then in
                  effect or as in effect on the effective date of the Agreement,
                  which   reduction  shall  not  be  effectuated  for  similarly
                  situated employees of the Company; or

                  (5) failure by a successor  company to assume the  obligations
                  under the Agreement.

         Anything  herein to the contrary  notwithstanding  the Executive  shall
         give  written  notice to the Board of Directors of the Company that the
         Executive  believes  an event  has  occurred  which  would  result in a
         Constructive  Termination  of the  Executive's  employment  under  this
         Section 6(f),  which written notice shall specify the particular act or
         acts on the basis of which the  Executive  intends to so terminate  the
         Executive's  employment,  and  the  Company  shall  then be  given  the
         opportunity  within  fifteen (15) days of its receipt of such notice to
         cure said  event,  provided,  however,  there  shall be no time  period
         permitted to cure a second or subsequent  occurrence under this Section
         6(f)(whether such second occurrence be of the same or a different event
         specified in subsections (1) through (5) above)

             g.       Termination Following a Change of Control.

                  (1) In the event that a "Change in Control"  or an  "Attempted
                  Change in  Control"  as  hereinafter  defined,  of the Company
                  shall occur at any time during the Term hereof,  the Executive
                  shall have the right to terminate the  Executive's  employment
                  under this  Agreement  upon  thirty (30) days  written  notice
                  given at any time within one year after the occurrence of such
                  event, and such termination of the Executive's employment with
                  the Company pursuant to this Section 6(g)(1), and, in any such
                  event, such termination shall be deemed to be a Termination by
                  the Company  Other than for Cause and the  Executive  shall be
                  entitled  to such  Compensation  and  Benefits as set forth in
                  Subsection 6(h) of this Agreement.

                  (2) For purposes of this  Agreement,  a "Change in Control" of
                  the Company shall mean a change in control (A) as set forth in
                  Section 280G of the  Internal  Revenue Code or (B) of a nature
                  that would be required to be reported in response to Item 1 of
                  the  current  report  on Form  8-K,  as in  effect on the date
                  hereof  pursuant  to  Section  13 or 15(d)  of the  Securities
                  Exchange  Act of 1934 (the  "Exchange  Act");  provided  that,
                  without  limitation,  such a change in control shall be deemed
                  to have occurred at such time as:

                       (A) any "person", other than the Executive, (as such term
                       is used in Section  13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange  Act)
                       is or becomes the "beneficial  owner" (as defined in Rule
                       l3d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of
                       securities  of the  Company  representing  fifty  percent
                       (50%)  or  more  of  the  combined  voting  power  of the
                       Company's outstanding securities then having the right to
                       vote at elections of directors; or,

                       (B) the individuals who at the  commencement  date of the
                       Agreement constitute the Board of Directors cease for any
                       reason  to  constitute  a  majority  thereof  unless  the
                       election,   or  nomination  for  election,  of  each  now
                       director was approved by a vote of at least two thirds of
                       the  directors  then in office who were  directors at the
                       commencement of the Agreement; or

                       (C)  there is a failure  to elect  three or more (or such
                       number of directors as would constitute a majority of the
                       Board of Directors) candidates nominated by management of
                       the Company to the Board of Directors; or

                       (D) the business of the Company for which the Executive's
                       services are principally  performed is disposed of by the
                       Company pursuant to a partial or complete  liquidation of
                       the  Company,  a sale of  assets  (including  stock  of a
                       subsidiary of the Company) or otherwise.

         Anything  herein to the contrary  notwithstanding  this Section 6(g)(2)
         will not apply  where the  Executive  gives  the  Executive's  explicit
         written waiver stating that for the purposes of this Section  6(g)(2) a
         Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred. The Executive's
         participation  in any  negotiations  or other  matters in relation to a
         Change in Control  shall in no way  constitute  such a waiver which can
         only  be  given  by an  explicit  written  waiver  as  provided  in the
         preceding sentence.

         An  "Attempted  Change in Control"  shall be deemed to have occurred if
         any substantial  attempt,  accompanied by significant  work efforts and
         expenditures;  of money, is made to accomplish a Change in Control,  as
         described in  subparagraphs  (A),  (B), (C) or (D) above whether or not
         such  attempt  is made  with the  approval  of a  majority  of the then
         current members of the Board of Directors.

                  (3) In the event that, within twelve (12) months of any Change
                  in Control of the Company or any  Attempted  Change in Control
                  of the Company,  the Company  terminates the employment of the
                  Executive under this Agreement,  for any reason other than for
                  Cause  as  defined  in  Section  6(c),   or  the   Executive's
                  employment is constructively  terminated as defined in Section
                  6(f),  then,  in any such  event,  such  termination  shall be
                  deemed to be a  Termination  by the Company  Other  than,  for
                  Cause and the Executive shall be entitled to such Compensation
                  and  Benefits  as  set  forth  in  Subsection   6(d)  of  this
                  Agreement.

             h.   Compensation   and  Benefits  Upon  Termination  of  Executive
             Employment.   In  the  event  of  any  termination  of  Executive's
             employment  Other  than  for  Cause  under  Section  6(d),  or  any
             termination of Executive's  employment  pursuant to Section 6(f) or
             Section 6(g), on the effective  date of any such  termination,  the
             Executive shall be entitled to receive the following:

                  (1) All life,  disability  and health  insurance  benefits  to
                  which he was entitled to continue to receive  thirty (30) days
                  prior to the Effective Date of the Settlement Agreement, for a
                  period of two (2) years  following the effective  date of such
                  termination;  provided that in the Executives sole discretion,
                  the  Executive  may receive the cash  equivalent of all or any
                  part of such life, disability and/or health insurance benefits
                  from the Company in lieu of receiving such benefits; plus

                  (2)  Compensation  equal to three (3)  times  the  Executive's
                  annual  Salary,  based  upon the  greater  of the  Executive's
                  Salary  (i)  immediately   prior  to  the  effective  date  of
                  termination  or (ii) or as of ninety  (90)  days  prior to the
                  effective  date of  termination.  All  Compensation  shall  be
                  payable to the Executive bi-weekly; provided that in the event
                  that the Executive is entitled to receive the  Compensation as
                  a result of a Change in Control,  at the  Executive's  option,
                  the Executive  may receive  either (i) a lump sum equal to the
                  Compensation  due to the  Executive  pursuant to Section  6(h)
                  reduced to present value,  as set forth in Section 280G of the
                  Internal Revenue Code or (ii) bi-weekly; plus

         The provisions of this Section 6(h)  notwithstanding,  the Compensation
         and Benefits to be received by the  Executive  pursuant to this Section
         6(h)shall  not exceed  the  amount  set forth in Section  162(m) of the
         Internal Revenue Code, or its successor provision.

         7.  Indemnification.  The Executive shall continue to be covered by the
         Certificate  of  Incorporation  and/or the Bylaws of the  Company  with
         respect to matters  occurring on or prior to the date of termination of
         the  Executive's  employment  with  the  Company,  subject  to all  the
         provisions   of  Nevada  and  Federal  law  and  the   Certificate   of
         Incorporation  and  Bylaws  of  the  Company  then  in,  effect.   Such
         reasonable expenses,  including attorneys' fees, that may be covered by
         the Certificate of Incorporation  and/or Bylaws of the Company shall be
         paid  by the  Company  on a  current  basis  in  accordance  with  such
         provision,  the Company's  Certificate of Incorporation and Nevada law.
         To the extent  that my such  payments  by the  Company  pursuant to the
         Company's  Certificate of Incorporation and/or Bylaws may be subject to
         repayment by the Executive  pursuant to the provisions of the Company's
         Certificate  of  Incorporation  or  Bylaws,  or  pursuant  to Nevada or
         Federal law, such  repayment  shall be due and payable by the Executive
         to the Company  within twelve (12) months after the  termination of all
         proceedings if any, which relate to such repayment and to the Company's
         affairs  for  the  period  prior  to the  date  of  termination  of the
         Executive's  employment  with the Company and as to which Executive has
         been covered by such applicable provisions.

         8. Withholding. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding,  all payments
         required to be made by the Company  hereunder  to the  Executive or the
         Executive's estate or beneficiaries shall be subject to the withholding
         of such amounts,  if any, relating to tax and other payroll  deductions
         as the Company may reasonably  determine it should withhold pursuant to
         any applicable law or regulation.  In lieu of withholding such amounts,
         the  Company  may  accept  other  agreements  pursuant  to  which it is
         satisfied that such tax and other payroll obligations will be satisfied
         in a manner complying with applicable law or regulation.

         9.  Notices.  Any notice  required or  permitted  to be given under the
         terms of this  Agreement  shall be sufficient if in writing and if sent
         postage  prepaid  by  registered  or  certified  mail,  return  receipt
         requested; by overnight delivery; by courier; or by confirmed telecopy,
         in the case of the Executive to the Executive's  last place of business
         or residence as shown on the records of the Company,  or in the case of
         the Company to its principal office as set forth in the first paragraph
         of this Agreement, or at such other place as it may designate.

         10. Waiver.  Unless agreed in writing,  the failure of either party, at
         any  time,  to  require  performance  by the  other  of any  provisions
         hereunder  shall not affect its right  thereafter  to enforce the same,
         nor  shall a waiver  by either  party of any  breach  of any  provision
         hereof  be taken  or hold to be a  waiver  of any  other  preceding  or
         succeeding  breach  of any  term or  provision  of this  Agreement.  No
         extension of time for the performance of any obligation or act shall be
         deemed  to be an  extension  of time for the  performance  of any other
         obligation or act hereunder.

         11.  Completeness  and  Modification.  This Agreement  constitutes  the
         entire  understanding  between the parties hereto superseding all prior
         and  contemporaneous  agreements  or  understandings  among the parties
         hereto  concerning  the  Employment  Agreement.  This  Agreement may be
         amended  modified,  superseded  or  canceled,  and  any of  the  terms,
         covenants,  representations,  warranties  or  conditions  hereof may be
         waived, only by a written instrument executed by the parties or, in the
         case of a waiver, by the party to be charged.

         12.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in  two or  more
         counterparts,  each of which  shall be  deemed an  original  but all of
         which shall constitute but one agreement.

         13. Binding Effect/Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon the
         parties  hereto,  their heirs,  legal  representatives,  successors and
         assigns.  This  Agreement  shall not be assignable by the Executive but
         shall be  assignable  by the  Company  in  connection  with  the  sale,
         transfer  or  other  disposition  of  its  business  or to  any  of the
         Company's  affiliates  controlled  by or under common  control with the
         Company.

         14.  Governing.  This  Agreement  shall become valid when  executed and
         accepted by Company. The parties agree that it shall be deemed made and
         entered  into in the  State  of  Florida  and  shall  be  governed  and
         construed  under  and in  accordance  with  the  laws of the  State  of
         Florida.  Anything in this  Agreement to the contrary  notwithstanding,
         the Executive shall conduct the Executive's business in a lawful manner
         and faithfully comply with applicable laws or regulations of the state,
         city or other political subdivision in which the Executive is located.

         15.  Further  Assurances.  All parties hereto shall execute and deliver
         such other  instruments  and do such other acts as may be  necessary to
         carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement.

         16. Headings. The headings of the sections are for convenience only and
         shall not  control or affect the meaning or  construction  or limit the
         scope or intent of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

         17.  Survival.  Any termination of this Agreement  shall not,  however,
         affect the ongoing  provisions  of this  Agreement  which shall survive
         such termination in accordance with their terms.

         18. Severability.  The invalidity or  unenforceability,  in whole or in
         part,  of  any  covenant,  promise  or  undertaking,  or  any  section,
         subsection,  paragraph,  sentence,  clause,  phrase  or  word or of any
         provision  of  this   Agreement   shall  not  affect  the  validity  or
         enforceability of the remaining portions thereof.

         19. Enforcement.  Should it become necessary for any party to institute
         legal action to enforce the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the
         successful  party will be  awarded  reasonable  attorneys'  fees at all
         trial and appellate levels, expenses and costs.

         20. Venue.  Company and Executive  acknowledge  and agree that the U.S.
         District for the Southern  District of Florida,  or if such court lacks
         jurisdiction,  the 15th Judicial  Circuit (or its successor) in and for
         Broward County,  Florida, shall be the venue and exclusive proper forum
         in which to adjudicate any case or controversy arising either, directly
         or  indirectly,  under or in  connection  with this  Agreement  and the
         parties  further agree that, in the event of litigation  arising out of
         or in connection  with this  Agreement in these  courts,  they will not
         contest or challenge the jurisdiction or venue of these courts.

         21.  Construction.  This Agreement  shall be construed  within the fair
         meaning of each of its terms and not against the party drafting the
         document.

THE EXECUTIVE  ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE EXECUTIVE HAS READ ALL OF THE TERMS OF THIS
AGREEMENT,  UNDERSTANDS  THE  AGREEMENT,  AND  AGREES  TO ABIDE BY ITS TERMS AND
CONDITIONS.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have  executed  this  Agreement as of date set
forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

Witness:                                    The Company:

                                            TEE-RIFIK CORP.

/S/ERIC WARM                                By:/S/MARK ALFIERI
- ------------                                ------------------
 Eric Warm                       Mark Alfieri, Chief Executive Officer

Witness:                                    THE EXECUTIVE

/S/ERIC WARM                                /S/JACK LEVINE
- ------------                                --------------
Eric Warm                                      JACK LEVINE






                            SCHEDULE A


1998     $450,000.00 Base Salary

1999     $250,000.00 Base Salary


<TABLE>

BONUS STRUCTURE
<CAPTION>

         Net Income to Company                Bonus Payment  (1)
         -------------------------            ------------------
<S>            <C>     <C>
               $1.00 - $250,000.00            No Bonus
         $250,000.01 - $350,000.00            A $50,000.00 Bonus
         $350,000.01 - $450,000.00            An additional $50,000.00 Bonus
         $450,000.01 - $500,000.00            An additional $25,000.00 Bonus
</TABLE>
- ----------


(1) Bonuses will be proportionate to the Company receiving a minimum bottom line
 of $250,000.00 after bonuses paid.



2000     $250,000.00 Base Salary


<TABLE>

BONUS STRUCTURE
<CAPTION>

         Net Income to Company                Bonus Payment  (1)
         -------------------------            ------------------
<S>            <C>     <C>
               $1.00 - $500,000.00            No Bonus
         $500,000.01 - $600,000.00            A $50,000.00 Bonus
         $600,000.01 - $700,000.00            An additional $50,000.00 Bonus
         $700,000.01 - $750,000.00            An additional $25,000.00 Bonus
</TABLE>
- ----------


(1) Bonuses will be proportionate to the Company receiving a minimum bottom line
    of $500,000.00 after bonuses paid.





     Witness:                                    The Company:

                                                TEE-RIFIK CORP.

    /S/ERIC WARM                              By:/S/MARK ALFIERI
    ------------                              ------------------
      Eric Warm                     Mark Alfieri, Chief Executive Officer


     Witness:                                  THE EXECUTIVE

    /S/ERIC WARM                               /S/JACK LEVINE
    ------------                               --------------
     Eric Warm                                  Jack Levine







                     EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


THIS EXECUTIVE  EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered into
as of the 18th day of August 1998,  (the  "Effective  Date"),  between SHOP TV &
TELEVISION, INC. a Nevada corporation, whose principal place of business is 2001
W. Sample Road,  Pompano Beach,  Florida 33441 (the "Company") and Eric Warm, an
individual  (the  "Executive")  whose  address is 4876 NW 25th Way,  Boca Raton,
Florida 33434.

                             RECITALS

     The  Company  is a Nevada  corporation  and is  principally  engaged in the
business of multimedia sales and marketing (the "Business").

     A. The Company  desires to employ the  Executive and desires to continue to
     employ the Executive and the Executive desires to continue in the employ of
     the Company.

     B. The  Company has established a valuable reputation and  goodwill  in the
     Business.

     C. The Executive,  by virtue of the Executive's employment with the Company
     has become  familiar with and  possessed  with the manner,  methods,  trade
     secrets and other  confidential  information  pertaining  to the  Company's
     business, including the Company's customer base.

NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the mutual  agreements  herein made, the
Company and the Executive do hereby agree as follows:

         1.  Recitals.   The above recitals are true, correct and are herein
             incorporated by reference.

         2.  Employment.  The Company  hereby  employs the Executive as its Vice
         President  and  the  Executive   Operating   Officer   hereby   accepts
         employment, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

         3.  Authority and Power During Employment Period.

             a. Duties and Responsibilities.  During the term of this Agreement,
             the  Executive  shall  serve as Vice  President  of the Company and
             shall  have  general  executive  operating   supervision  over  the
             business and affairs of the Company, its subsidiaries and divisions
             subject:  to the guidelines and direction of the Board of Directors
             of the Company.  It is further the intention of the parties that at
             all  times  during  the  "Term,"  as  hereinafter  defined,  of the
             Agreement,  the  Executive  shall serve as a member of the Board of
             Directors  of the  Company,  in  accordance  with the Bylaws of the
             Company.

             b.  Time  Devoted.  Throughout  the  term  of  the  Agreement,  the
             Executive  shall  devote   substantially  all  of  the  Executive's
             business  time and  attention  to the  business  and affairs of the
             Company  consistent with the Executive's  senior executive position
             with the Company,  except for  reasonable  vacations and illness or
             incapacity,  but  nothing  in  the  Agreement  shall  preclude  the
             Executive  from  engaging  in any  business  for Tricom  Pictures &
             Productions, Inc. or any personal business including as a member of
             the  board  of  directors  of  related  companies,  charitable  and
             community  affairs,  provided that such activities do not interfere
             with  the  regular   performance  of  the  Executives   duties  and
             responsibilities under this Agreement.

         4. Term. The Term of employment  hereunder will commence on the date as
         set forth above and terminate  three (3) years from the Effective Date,
         and such term shall  automatically  be extended for  successive one (1)
         year terms thereafter  unless (1) the parties mutually agree in writing
         to alter or amend the terms of the Agreement; or (2) one or both of the
         parties  exercises  their  right  pursuant  to  Section  6  herein,  to
         terminate,   this  employment   relationship.   For  purposes  of  this
         Agreement, the Term (the "Term") shall include the initial term and all
         renewals thereof.

         5.  Compensation and Benefits

             a. Salary and Bonus.  The Executive shall be entitled to salary and
             bonus as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

             b.  Executive   Benefits.   The  Executive  shall  be  entitled  to
             participate  in  all  benefit  programs  of the  Company  currently
             existing or hereafter  made  available to  executives  and/or other
             salaried  employees,  including,  but not limited  to,  pension and
             other  retirement  plans,  group life  insurance,  hospitalization,
             surgical and major medical  coverage,  sick leave,  disability  and
             salary continuation,  vacation and holidays, cellular telephone and
             all related costs and  expenses,  long-term  disability,  and other
             fringe benefits.

             c. Vacation.  During each fiscal year of the Company, the Executive
             shall be entitled to  reasonable  vacation time and to utilize such
             vacation as the Executive shall determine;  provided however,  that
             the Executive  shall  evidence  reasonable  judgment with regard to
             appropriate  vacation  scheduling.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,
             employee  shall be  entitled to four (4) weeks  vacation  per year,
             with unused vacation accruing to the following year.

             d. Business Expense  Reimbursement.  During the Term of employment,
             the Executive shall be entitled to receive proper reimbursement for
             all reasonable,  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred by the Executive
             (in accordance with the policies and procedures  established by the
             Company for its senior executive  officers) in performing  services
             hereunder, provided the Executive properly accounts therefor.

             e.  Automobile  Expenses.  The Company  shall provide the Executive
             with an automobile  allowance not to exceed  $500.00 per month plus
             insurance.  The Company shall also pay all  reasonable  maintenance
             for the automobile that is the subject of the automobile allowance.

         6. Consequences of Termination of Employment.

             a.  Death.  In the event of the death of the  Executive  during the
             Term,   salary  shall  be  paid  to  the   Executive's   designated
             beneficiary,  or, in the absence of such designation, to the estate
             or other legal  representative of the Executive for a period of one
             (1) year from and after the date of death.

             b.   Disability.

                  (1) In the event of the Executive's disability, as hereinafter
                  defined the  Executive  shall be entitled to  compensation  in
                  accordance with the Company's disability compensation practice
                  for senior executives,  including any separate  arrangement or
                  policy covering the Executive, but in all events the Executive
                  shall continue to receive the Executive's salary for a period,
                  at  the  annual  rate  in  effect  immediately  prior  to  the
                  commencement of disability, of not less than 180 days from the
                  date on  which  the  disability  has been  deemed  to occur as
                  hereinafter  provided below.  Any amounts provided for in this
                  Section  6(b)  shall be offset by other  1ong-term  disability
                  benefits provided to the Executive by the Company.

                  (2)  "Disability"  for  purposes of this  Agreement,  shall be
                  deemed to have  occurred  in the event  (A) the  Executive  is
                  unable by reason of  sickness  or  accident,  to  perform  the
                  Executive's  duties under this  Agreement  for an aggregate of
                  190 days in any twelve-month period or (B) the Executive has a
                  guardian  or the  person  or  estate  appointed  by a court of
                  competent jurisdiction. Termination due to disability shall be
                  deemed  to have  occurred  upon  the  first  day of the  month
                  following  the  determination  of disability as defined in the
                  preceding sentence.

         Anything  herein  to the  contrary  notwithstanding,  if,  following  a
         termination  of  employment  hereunder due to disability as provided in
         the preceding paragraph, the Executive becomes re-employed,  whether as
         an  Executive  or a  consultant  to the  Company,  any  salary,  annual
         incentive  payments or other benefits earned by the Executive from such
         re-employment shall offset any salary continuation due to the Executive
         hereunder commencing with the date of re-employment.

             c. Termination by the Company for Cause.

                  (1)  Nothing   hereunder   shall   prevent  the  Company  from
                  terminating Employment for "Cause" as hereinafter defined. The
                  Executive shall continue to receive salary only for the period
                  ending  twenty  (20) days  after the date of such  termination
                  plus  accrued  Bonus  through  such date of  termination.  Any
                  rights and benefits the  Executive  may have in respect of any
                  other  compensation shall be determined in accordance with the
                  terms of such other compensation arrangements or such plans or
                  programs.

                  (2)  "Cause"  shall mean and include  those  actions or events
                  specified  below in subsections  (A) through (E) to the extent
                  the same occur, or the events constituting the same take place
                  subsequent  to the date of  execution of this  Agreement:  (A)
                  Committing  or  participating  in an  injurious  act of fraud,
                  gross  neglect  or  embezzlement   against  the  Company,  (B)
                  committing  or  participating  in any other  injurious  act or
                  omission wantonly, willfully,  recklessly or in a manner which
                  was grossly  negligent  against  the  Company,  monetarily  or
                  otherwise;  (C)  engaging in a criminal  enterprise  involving
                  moral turpitude;  (D) conviction of an ad or acts constituting
                  a felony  under  the laws of the  United  States  or any state
                  thereof,  or (E)  any  assignment  of  this  Agreement  by the
                  Executive  in violation  of Section 13 of this  Agreement.  No
                  actions,  events or circumstances occurring or taking place at
                  any  time  prior to the  date of this  Agreement  shall in any
                  event  constitute or provide any basis for any  termination of
                  this Agreement for Cause;

                  (3) Notwithstanding  anything else contained in this Agreement
                  this Agreement will not be deemed to have been  terminated for
                  Cause unless and until there shall have been  delivered to the
                  Executive a notice of termination,  stating that the Executive
                  committed  one of the types of  conduct  set forth in  Section
                  6(c)   contained  in  this   Agreement  and   specifying   the
                  particulars  thereof and the Executive shall be given a thirty
                  (30) day period to cure such conduct if possible.

             d.   Termination by the Company Other than for Cause.

                  (1) The foregoing  notwithstanding,  the Company may terminate
                  the  Executive's  employment  for  whatever  reason  it  deems
                  appropriate;   provided,  however,  that  in  the  event  such
                  termination is not based on Cause, as provided in Section 6(c)
                  above,  the Company may terminate  this  Agreement upon giving
                  three (3) months prior written  notice.  During such three (3)
                  month  period,  the  Executive  shall  continue to Perform the
                  Executive's  duties pursuant to this Agreement and the Company
                  shall continue to compensate the Executive in accordance  with
                  this Agreement. The Executive will receive, at the Executive's
                  option,  either (A) a lump sum equal to the  "Compensation and
                  Benefits," as hereinafter  defined.  for the remaining balance
                  of the Term of this Agreement, at the current rate, reduced to
                  present  value as set forth in  Section  280G of the  Internal
                  Revenue Code or (B) for the  remaining  balance of the Term of
                  this   Agreement   from  and   after  the  date  of  any  such
                  termination,  the  Company  shall  on the  last  day  of  each
                  calendar  month pay to the Executive  such  "Compensation  and
                  Benefits",  which shall be an amount  equal to (y) one Hundred
                  percent (100%) of the  Executive's  compensation  and benefits
                  set forth in Section 5, which shall  specifically  include the
                  Salary  and   Executive   Benefits  (the   "Compensation   and
                  Benefits'),  on the date of any such  termination,  divided by
                  (Z) twelve  (12);  provided,  however,  that If (A) there is a
                  decrease in the Executive's  Compensation and Benefits of more
                  than five (5%)  percent  prior to  termination  for any reason
                  other than for "Cause",  and (B) the Executive.  is terminated
                  without  cause.  the  Compensation  and  Benefits  shall be as
                  existed  immediately  prior to such a decrease.  The Executive
                  will  be  entitled  to  continued  Compensation  and  Benefits
                  coverage   and   credits  as  provided  in  Section  5  or  to
                  reimbursement  for the cost of providing  the  Executive  with
                  comparable  benefit  coverage  during  the term in  which  the
                  Executive  is  receiving   payments  from  the  Company  after
                  termination  pursuant to Section 6(d).  Such benefit  coverage
                  will  be  offset  by  comparable   coverage  provided  to  the
                  Executive in connection with subsequent employment

                  (2) In the  event  that the  Executive's  employment  with the
                  Company is terminated  pursuant to this Section 6(d),  Section
                  6(f),  Section  6(g) of  this  Agreement  and  all  references
                  thereto  shall be  inapplicable  as to the  Executive  and the
                  Company.

             e. Voluntary Termination. In the event the Executive terminates the
             Executive's  employment on the Executive's own volition  (except as
             provided  in  Section  6(f)  and/or  Section  6(g))  prior  to  the
             expiration  of the Term of this  Agreement,  including any renewals
             thereof,  such termination shall constitute a voluntary termination
             and in such event the Executive shall be limited to the same rights
             and benefits as provided in connection with a termination for Cause
             as provided in Section 6(c).

             f.  Termination  of  Employment.  If the  Executive  so  elects,  a
             termination  by the Company  without Cause under Section 6(d) shall
             be deemed to have  occurred  upon the  occurrence of one or more of
             the following  events  without the express  written  consent of the
             Executive:

                  (1) a  significant  change  in  the  nature  or  scope  of the
                  authorities,  powers,  functions,  duties or  responsibilities
                  attached to Executive's position as described in Section 3; or

                  (2)   any reduction in the Executive's salary; or

                  (3)   a material breach of the Agreement by the Company; or

                  (4) a material reduction of the Executive's benefits under any
                  employee  benefit  plan,   program  or  arrangement  (for  the
                  Executive  individually  or as part of a group) of the Company
                  as then in effect or as in effect on the effective date of the
                  Agreement   which  reduction  shall  not  be  effectuated  for
                  similarly situated employees of the Company; or

                  (5) failure by a successor  company to assume the  obligations
                  under the Agreement.

         Anything  herein to the contrary  notwithstanding,  the Executive shall
         give  written  notice to the Board of Directors of the Company that the
         Executive  believes  an,  event has  occurred  which would  result in a
         Constructive  Termination  of the  Executive's  employment  under  this
         Section 6(f),  which written notice shall specify the particular act or
         acts, on the basis of which the  Executive  intends to so terminate the
         Executive's  employment,  and  the  Company  shall  then be  given  the
         opportunity,  within fifteen (15) days of its receipt of such notice to
         cure said  event,  provided,  however,  there  shall be no time  period
         permitted  to cure a  second  or  subsequent  occurrence  under  this &
         Section  6(f)  (whether  such  second  occurrence  be of the  same or a
         different event specified in subsections (1) through (5) above).

             g.   Termination Following a Change of Control.

                  (1) In the event that a "Change in Control"  or an  "Attempted
                  Change in Control as hereinafter defined, of the Company shall
                  occur at any time during the Term hereof,  the Executive shall
                  have the right to terminate the Executive's  employment  under
                  this  Agreement  upon thirty (30) days written notice given at
                  any time within one year after the  occurrence  of such event,
                  and such  termination of the  Executive's  employment with the
                  Company  pursuant to this  Section  6(g)(l),  and, in any such
                  event, such termination shall be deemed to be a Termination by
                  the Company  Other than for Cause and the  Executive  shall be
                  entitled  to such  Compensation  and  Benefits as set forth in
                  Subsection 6(h) of this Agreement.

                  (2) For purposes of this  Agreement,  a "Change in Control" of
                  the Company shall mean a change in control (A) as set forth in
                  Section 280G of the  Internal  Revenue Code or (B) of a nature
                  that would be required to be reported in response to Item 1 of
                  the  current  report  on Form  8-K,  as in  effect on the date
                  hereof,  pursuant  to  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
                  Exchange  Act of 1934  (the  "Exchange  Act");  provided  that
                  without  limitation,  such a change in control shall be deemed
                  to have occurred at such time as:

                        (A) any  "person",  other than the  Executive,  (as such
                        term is used in Section  13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange
                        Act) is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in
                        Rule  13d-3  under  the  Exchange   Act),   directly  or
                        indirectly,  of securities  of the Company  representing
                        fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power
                        of the Company's outstanding  securities then having the
                        right to vote at elections of directors; or,

                        (B) the individuals who at the commencement  date of the
                        Agreement  constitute  the Board of Directors  cease for
                        any reason to constitute a majority  thereof  unless the
                        election,  or  nomination  for  election,  of  each  new
                        director  was  approved by a vote of at least two thirds
                        of the  directors  then in office who were  directors at
                        the commencement of the Agreement; or

                        (C) there is a failure  to elect  three or more (or such
                        number of  directors  as would  constitute a majority of
                        the  Board  of   Directors)   candidates   nominated  by
                        management of the Company to the Board of Directors; or

                        (D)  the   business   of  the   Company  for  which  the
                        Executive's   services  are  principally   performed  is
                        disposed  of by the  Company  pursuant  to a partial  or
                        complete  liquidation  of the Company,  a sale of assets
                        (including  stock of a  subsidiary  of the  Company)  or
                        otherwise.

         Anything herein to the contrary  notwithstanding,  this Section 6(g)(2)
         will not apply  where the  Executive  gives  the  Executive's  explicit
         written waiver  stating that for the purpose of this Section  6(g)(2) a
         Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred. The Executive's
         participation  in any  negotiations  or other  matters in relation to a
         Change in Control  shall in no way  constitute  such a waiver which can
         only  be  given  by an  explicit  written  waiver  as  provided  in the
         preceding sentence.

         An  "Attempted  Change in Control"  shall be deemed to have occurred if
         any  substantial  attempt  accompanied by significant  work efforts and
         expenditures  of money,  is made to accomplish a Change in Control,  as
         described in  subparagraphs  (A),  (3), (C) or (D) above whether or not
         such  attempt  is made  with the  approval  of a  majority  of the then
         current members of the Board of Directors.

                  (3) In the event that within  twelve (12) months of any Change
                  in Control of the Company or any  Attempted  Change in Control
                  of the Company,  the Company  terminates the employment of the
                  Executive  under this  Agreement for any reason other than for
                  Cause  as  defined  in  Section  6(c),   or  the   Executive's
                  employment is constructively  terminated as defined in Section
                  6(f),  then,  in any such  event.  Such  termination  shall be
                  deemed to be a Termination by the Company Other than for Cause
                  and the Executive shall be entitled to such  Compensation  and
                  Benefits as set forth in Subsection 6(d) of this Agreement

             h.   Compensation   and  Benefits  Upon  Termination  of  Executive
             Employment.   In  the  event  of  any  termination  of  Executive's
             employment   Other  than  for  Cause  under  Section   6(d),or  any
             termination of Executive's  employment  pursuant to Section 6(f) or
             Section  6(g),  and the  effective  date of such  termination,  the
             Executive shall be entitled to receive the following:

                  (1) All life,  disability  and health  insurance  benefits  to
                  which he was entitled to continue to receive  thirty (30) days
                  prior to the Effective Date of the Settlement Agreement, for a
                  period of six (6) months  following the effective date of such
                  termination; provided that in the Executive's sole discretion,
                  the  Executive  may receive the cash  equivalent of all or any
                  part of such life, disability and/or health insurance benefits
                  from the Company in lieu of receiving such benefits; plus

                  (2) Compensation  equal to one (1) time the Executive's annual
                  Salary,  based upon the greater of the Executive's  Salary (i)
                  immediately prior to the effective date of termination or (ii)
                  or as of  ninety  (90)  days  prior to the  effective  date of
                  termination.   All  Compensation   shall  be  payable  to  the
                  Executive  by-weekly;  provided  that in the  event  that  the
                  Executive is entitled to receive the  Compensation as a result
                  of a  Change  in  Control,  at  the  Executive's  option,  the
                  Executive  may  receive  either  (i) a lump  sum  equal to the
                  Compensation  due to the  Executive  pursuant to Section  6(h)
                  reduced to present value,  as set forth in Section 280G of the
                  Internal Revenue Code or (ii) by-weekly; plus

         The provisions of this Section 6(h)  notwithstanding,  the Compensation
         and Benefits to be received by the  Executive  pursuant to this Section
         6(h) shall not  exceed  the  amount set forth in Section  162(m) of the
         Internal Revenue Code, or its successor provision.

         7.  Indemnification.  The Executive shall continue to be covered by the
         Certificate  of  Incorporation  and/or the Bylaws of the  Company  with
         respect to matters  occurring on or prior to the date of termination of
         the  Executive's  employment  with  the  Company,  subject  to all  the
         provisions   of  Nevada  and  Federal  law  and  the   Certificate   of
         Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company then in effect. Such reasonable
         expenses  including   attorneys'  fees  that  may  be  covered  by  the
         Certificate of Incorporation and/or Bylaws of the Company shall be paid
         by the Company on a current  basis in accordance  with such  provision,
         the  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and Nevada  law. To the
         extent that any such payment by the Company  pursuant to the  Company's
         Certificate of Incorporation  and/or Bylaws may be subject to repayment
         by  the  Executive   pursuant  to  the   provisions  of  the  Company's
         Certificate  of  Incorporation  or  Bylaws,  or  pursuant  to Nevada or
         Federal law, such  repayment  shall be due and payable by the Executive
         to the  Company  within  twelve (12) months  after  termination  of all
         proceedings,  if  any,  which  relate  to  such  repayment  and  to the
         Company's  affairs for the period prior to the date of  termination  of
         the  Executive's  employment with the Company and as to which Executive
         has been covered by such applicable provisions.

         8. Withholding. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding,  all payments
         required to be made by the Company  hereunder  to the  Executive or the
         Executive's estate or beneficiaries shall be subject to the withholding
         of such amounts,  if any, relating to tax and other payroll  deductions
         as the Company may reasonably  determine it should withhold pursuant to
         any applicable law or regulation.  In lieu of withholding such amounts,
         the  Company  may accept  other  arrangements  pursuant  to which it is
         satisfied that such tax and other payroll obligations will be satisfied
         in a manner complying with applicable law or regulation.

         9.  Notices.  Any notice  required or  permitted  to be given under the
         terms of this  Agreement  shall be sufficient if in writing and if sent
         postage   prepaid  by  registered  or  certified  mail  return  receipt
         requested; by overnight delivery; by courier; or by confirmed telecopy,
         in the case of the Executive to the Executive's  last place of business
         or residence as shown an the records of the Company,  or in the case of
         the Company to its principal office as set forth in the first paragraph
         of this Agreement, or at such other place as it may designate.

         10. Covenant Not to Compete and Non-Disclosure of Information.

             a.  Covenant  Not  to  Compete.  The  Executive   acknowledges  and
             recognizes the highly  competitive nature of the Company's business
             and the goodwill  continued  patronage,  and specifically the names
             and addresses of the Company's  Customers (as hereinafter  defined)
             constitute a substantial  asset of the Company having been acquired
             through  considerable  time,  money  and  effort.  Accordingly,  in
             consideration of the execution of this Agreement,  in the event the
             Executive's  employment  is  terminated  by  reason  of  disability
             pursuant to Section  6(b) or for Cause  pursuant  to Section  6(c),
             then the Executive agrees to the following:

                  (1) That during the Restricted Period (as hereinafter defined)
                  and within the Restricted Area (its hereinafter defined),  the
                  Executive  will  not,  individually  or  in  conjunction  with
                  others,  directly  or  indirectly,  engage in any  Competitive
                  Business  Activities (as hereinafter  defined),  whether as an
                  officer, director, proprietor,  employer, partner, independent
                  contractor,  investor  (other  than as a holder  solely  as an
                  investment of less than 1% of the outstanding capital stock of
                  a publicly traded corporation), consultant, advisor or agent.

                  (2)  That  during  the   Restricted   Period  and  within  the
                  Restricted   Area,  the  Executive   will  not,   directly  or
                  indirectly compete with the Company by soliciting, inducing or
                  influencing  any  of  the  Company's  Customers  which  have a
                  business  relationship with the Company at the time during the
                  Restricted  Period to discontinue or reduce the extent of such
                  relationship with the Company.

             b.   Non-Disclosure  of  Information.   In  the  event  Executive's
             employment has been  terminated  pursuant to either Section 6(b) or
             Section 6(c) hereof,  Executive agrees that,  during the Restricted
             Period,   Executive  will  not  use  or  disclose  any  Proprietary
             Information of the Company for the  Executive;  own purposes or for
             the  benefit  of  any  entity  engaged  in   Competitive   Business
             Practices. As used herein, the term "Proprietary Information" shall
             mean trade secrets or confidential  proprietary  information of the
             Company  which are  material to the conduct of the  business of the
             Company. No information can be considered  Proprietary  Information
             unless  the same is a unique  process  or  method  material  to the
             conduct of  Company's  Business,  or is a customer  list or similar
             list of persons engaged in business  activities with Company, or if
             the same is  otherwise  in the public  domain or is  required to be
             disclosed by order of any court or by reason of any statute,  rule,
             regulation ordinance or other governmental  requirement.  Executive
             further  agrees  that in the event  his  employment  is  terminated
             pursuant  to  Sections  6(b) or 6(c) above,  all  Documents  in his
             possession at the time of his termination  shall be returned to the
             Company at the Company's principal place of business.

             c.  Documents.   "Documents"   shall  mean  all  original  written,
             recorded,  or graphic  matters  whatsoever,  and any and all copies
             thereof,  including,  but not limited to: papers;  books;  records;
             tangible things;  correspondence;  communications;  telex messages;
             memoranda; work-papers, reports, affidavits; statements; summaries;
             analyses;   evaluations;    customer   records   and   information;
             agreements;   agendas;   advertisements;   instructions;   charges;
             manuals;  brochures;  publications;  directories;  industry  lists;
             schedules;   price  lists;  customer  lists;  statistical  records;
             training manuals; computer printouts; books of account, records and
             invoices reflecting business operations;  all things similar to any
             of the foregoing however denominated.  In all cases where originals
             are not available,  the term "Documents"  shall also mean identical
             copies of original documents or non-identical copies thereof.

             d. Company's Customers.  The "Company's  Customers" shall be deemed
             to be any partnerships,  corporations, professional associations or
             other  business  organizations  for whom the Company has  performed
             Business Activities.

             e. Restrictive Period. The "Restrictive  Period" shall be deemed to
             be thirty-six (36) months following  termination of the Executive's
             employment  with the Company as  described  Section 6(b) or 6(c) of
             this Agreement.

             f.  Restricted  Area. The Restricted  Area shall, if this Agreement
             has been  terminated  pursuant  to  Section  6(b) or 6(c,),  be the
             United States, Canada and Mexico.

             g.   Competitive  Business  Activities.  The term  "Competitive
             Business  Activities"  as used  herein  shall  be  deemed  to mean
             the  Business.

             h.  Covenants  as  Essential  Elements  of  this  Agreement.  It is
             understood  by and between the  parties  hereto that the  foregoing
             covenants contained in Sections 7(a) and (b) are essential elements
             of this Agreement,  and that but for the agreement by the Executive
             to comply with such covenants, the Company would not have agreed to
             enter into this Agreement. Such covenants by the Executive shall be
             construed to be agreements  independent of any other  provisions of
             this Agreement. The existence of any other claim or cause of action
             whether  predicated on any other  provision in this  Agreement,  at
             otherwise,  as a result of the  relationship  between  the  parties
             shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of such covenants
             against the Executive.


             i.  Survival  After   Termination  of  Agreement.   Notwithstanding
             anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the covenants
             in,  Sections  7(a) and (b) shall survive the  termination  of this
             Agreement and the Executive's employment with the Company.

             j.   Remedies.

                  (1) The Executive  acknowledges  and agrees that the Company's
                  remedy at law for a breach or threatened  breach of any of the
                  provisions  of Section 7(a) or (b) herein would be  inadequate
                  and a  breach  thereof  will  cause  irreparable  harm  to the
                  Company. In recognition of this fact, in the event of a breach
                  by the  Executive of any of the  provisions of Section 7(a) or
                  (b), the  Executive  agrees that, in addition to any remedy at
                  law  available to the Company,  including,  but not limited to
                  monetary  damages,  all rights of the  Executive to payment or
                  otherwise  under  the,  Agreement  and  all  amounts  then  or
                  thereafter  due to the  Executive  from the Company under this
                  Agreement may be terminated and the Company,  without  posting
                  any bond,  shall be  entitled  to  obtain,  and the  Executive
                  agrees  not to oppose  the  Company's  request  for  equitable
                  relief  in  the  form  of  specific   performance,   temporary
                  restraining  order,  temporary or permanent  injunction or any
                  other  equitable  remedy  which may then be  available  to the
                  Company.

                  (2)  The  Executive   acknowledges  that  the  granting  of  a
                  temporary injunction, temporary restraining order or permanent
                  injunction   merely   prohibiting   the  use  of   Proprietary
                  Information  would not be an  adequate  remedy  upon breach or
                  threatened  breach  of  Section  7(a) or (b) and  consequently
                  agrees,  upon proof of any such  breach,  to the  granting  of
                  injunctive relief prohibiting any form of competition with the
                  Company.  Nothing  herein  contained  shall  be  construed  as
                  prohibiting  the  Company  from  pursuing  any other  remedies
                  available to it for such breach or threatened breach.

         11. Withholding. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, all payments
         required to be made by the Company  hereunder  to the  Executive or the
         Executive's estate or beneficiaries shall be subject to the withholding
         of such amounts,  if any, relating to tax and other payroll  deductions
         as the Company may reasonably  determine it should withhold pursuant to
         say applicable law or regulation.  In lieu of withholding such amounts,
         the  Company  may accept  other  arrangements  pursuant  to which it is
         satisfied that such tax and other payroll obligations will be satisfied
         in a manner complying with applicable law or regulation.

         12.  Notices.  Any notice  required or  permitted to be given under the
         terms of this  Agreement  shall be sufficient if in writing and if sent
         postage  prepaid  by  registered  or  certified  mail,  return  receipt
         requested by overnight  delivery;  by courier or by confirmed telecopy,
         in the case of the Executive to the Executive's  last place of business
         or residence  as shown on the records of the Company,  or in the one of
         the Company to its principal office as set forth in the first paragraph
         of this Agreement, of at such other place as it may designate.

         13. Waiver.  Unless agreed in writing,  the failure of either party, at
         any  time  to  require  performance  by the  other  of  any  provisions
         hereunder shall not affect its right thereafter to enforce the same nor
         shall a waiver by either party of any breach of any provision hereof be
         taken or hold to be a  waiver  of any  other  preceding  or  succeeding
         breach of any term or provision of this Agreement. No extension of time
         for the  performance  of any obligation or act shall be deemed to be an
         extension of time for the  performance  of any other  obligation or act
         hereunder.

         14.  Completeness  and  Modification.  This Agreement  constitutes  the
         entire  understanding  between the parties hereto superseding all prior
         and  contemporaneous  agreements  or  understandings  among the parties
         hereto  concerning  the  Employment  Agreement.  This  Agreement may be
         amended  modified,  superseded  or  canceled  and  any  of  the  terms,
         covenants  representations,  warranties  or  conditions  hereof  may be
         waived only by a written instrument  executed by the parties or, in the
         case of a waiver, by the party to be charged.

         15.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in  two or  more
         counterparts,  each of which  shall be  deemed an  original  but all of
         which shall constitute but one agreement.

         16. Binding Effect/Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon the
         parties  hereto  their  heirs,  legal  representatives  successors  and
         assigns.  This  Agreement  shall not be assignable by the Executive but
         shall be  assignable  by the  Company  in  connection  with  the  sale,
         transfer or other  disposition  of its business to any of the Company's
         affiliates controlled by or under common control with the Company.

         17.  Governing Law. This Agreement shall become valid when executed and
         accepted by Company. The parties agree that it shall be deemed made and
         entered  into in the  State  of  Florida  and  shall  be  governed  and
         construed under and in accordance with the law of the State of Florida.
         Anything  in  this  Agreement  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding,  the
         Executive shall conduct the Executive's business in a lawful manner and
         faithfully  comply with  applicable  laws or  regulations of the state,
         city or other political subdivision in which the Executive is located.

         18.  Further  Assurances.  All parties hereto shall execute and deliver
         such other  instruments  and do such other acts as may be  necessary to
         carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement.

         19. Headings. The headings of the sections are for convenience only and
         shall not  control of affect the meaning or  construction  at limit the
         scope or intent of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

         20.  Survival.  Any termination of this Agreement  shall not,  however,
         affect the ongoing  provisions  of this  Agreement  which shall survive
         such termination in accordance with their terms.

         21. Severability.  The invalidity or  unenforceability,  in whole or in
         part,  of  any  covenant,  promise  or  undertaking,  or  any  section,
         subsection,  paragraph,  sentence,  clause,  phrase  or  word or of any
         provision  of  this   Agreement   shall  not  affect  the  validity  or
         enforceability of the remaining portions thereof.

         22 Enforcement.  Should it become  necessary for any party to institute
         legal action to enforce the terms and  conditions of this Agreement the
         successful  party will be  awarded  reasonable  attorney's  fees at all
         trial and appellate levels, expenses and costs.

         23. Venue.  Company and Executive  acknowledge  and agree that the U.S.
         District for the Southern  District of Florida,  or if such court lacks
         jurisdiction,  the 15th  Judicial  Circuit (or its successor in and for
         Broward County,  Florida, shall be the venue and exclusive proper forum
         in which to adjudicate any case or controversy arising either, directly
         or  indirectly  under or in  connection  with  this  Agreement  and the
         parties  further agree that, in the event of litigation  arising out of
         or in  connection  with this  Agreement  in these  courts they will not
         contest or challenge the jurisdiction or venue of these courts.

         24. Construction.   This Agreement  shall be construed  within the fair
         meaning of each of its terms and not against the party drafting the
         document.


THE EXECUTIVE  ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE EXECUTIVE HAS READ ALL OF THE TERMS OF THIS
AGREEMENT,  UNDERSTANDS  THE  AGREEMENT  AND  AGREES  TO ABIDE BY THE  TERMS AND
CONDITIONS.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have  executive this Agreement as set forth in
the first paragraph of this Agreement.




Witness:                                             The Company:


/S/JACK LEVINE                                  /S/MARK ALFIERI
- --------------                                 ----------------
Jack Levine                          Mark Alfieri, Chief Executive Officer



Witness:                                             The Executive:


/S/JACK LEVINE                                       /S/ERIC WARM
- --------------                                       ------------
Jack Levine                                             Eric Warm






                            SCHEDULE A


1999     $200,000.00 Base Salary

<TABLE>

BONUS STRUCTURE
<CAPTION>

         Net Income to Company                Bonus Payment  (1)
         -------------------------           ------------------
<S>           <C>     <C>
              $1.00 - $250,000.00             No Bonus
         $250,000.01 - $350,000.00            A $25,000.00 Bonus
         $350,000.01 - $450,000.00            An additional $25,000.00 Bonus
         $450,000.01 - $500,000.00            An additional $12,500.00 Bonus
</TABLE>
- ----------


(1) Bonuses will be proportionate to the Company receiving a minimum bottom line
    of $250,000.00 after bonuses paid.



2000     $200,000.00 Base Salary

<TABLE>

BONUS STRUCTURE
<CAPTION>

         Net Income to Company                Bonus Payment  (1)
         -------------------------           ------------------
<S>            <C>     <C>
               $1.00 - $500,000.00            No Bonus
         $500,000.01 - $600,000.00            A $25,000.00 Bonus
         $600,000.01 - $700,000.00            An additional $25,000.00 Bonus
         $700,000.01 - $750,000.00            An additional $12,500.00 Bonus
</TABLE>
- ----------


(1) Bonuses will be proportionate to the Company receiving a minimum bottom line
    of $500,000.00 after bonuses paid.



     Witness:                                    The Company:
                                       SHOP T.V. & TELEVISION, INC.


 /S/JACK LEVINE                              By:/S/MARK ALFIERI
 --------------                             -------------------
  Jack Levine                      Mark Alfieri, Chief Executive Officer



Witness:                                             The Executive:


/S/JACK LEVINE                                       /S/ERIC WARM
- --------------                                       ------------
Jack Levine                                             Eric Warm




the internal development company
                           bid4it(TM) Seller Agreement

                                     Between
                                CyberQuest, Inc.
                                       and
                                  Shop TV, Inc.







<PAGE>



                             bid4it Seller Agreement
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE   I. AGREEMENT, TERM, AND DEFINITIONS ................................2

ARTICLE  II. BUYER ORDERS......................................   ............2

ARTICLE III. PROVISION OF PRODUCTS AND SERVICES ..............................4

ARTICLE IV. WARRANTIES, INDEMNITIES, AND LIABILITIES .........................5

ARTICLE   V. PAYMENTS TO SELLER ..............................................5

ARTICLE VI. TERMINATION ......................................................7

ARTICLE VII. MISCELLANEOUS ...................................................7

EXHIBIT   I - CBQ BUSINESS PRACTICES.........................................12

EXHIBIT II - SELLER INFORMATION .............................................13

EXHIBIT III -TRANSPORTATION .................................................14

EXHIBIT IV -SELLER APPLICATION ..............................................15

EXHIBIT V - PRICES, CHARGES AND FEES ........................................16



<PAGE>



                             bid4it SELLER AGREEMENT

                 THIS bid4it(TM) SELLER AGREEMENT (the  "Agreement")  dated 10th
day of  February,  1999 (the  "Effective  Date"),  is between  SHOP TV,  Inc., a
Florida corporation and CyberQuest, Inc., a Colorado Corporation ("CBQ").

                   ARTICLE . AGREEMENT, TERM, AND DEFINITIONS

1.1      Agreement and Term.  The parties agree that the terms and conditions of
         this Agreement  apply only to the provision of products and services by
         Seller to bid4it Buyers.  The term of this  Agreement  commences on the
         Effective Date and the agreement  shall continue to be in effect unless
         terminated under provisions of Article VI of this Agreement.

1.21     Definitions: The following definitions apply to the Agreement:

(a)                   "Buyer" - The CBQ registered customer who is in good
                      standing and eligible to place Bids in the
                      CyberMarketMaker(TM).

(b)                   "Seller Agent" - The  individual(s)  assigned by Seller to
                      be Seller's  legally  authorized  System user.  The Seller
                      Agent  is  empowered  by  Seller  to  offer  Products  and
                      Services,  set Ask Prices, and approve,  input or transmit
                      any other System data.

(c)                   "System"  - The  seller  and  buyer  modules  of the,  CBQ
                      CyberMarketMaker  computer program and system available on
                      the World-Wide-Web  (Internet) at bid4it.com where Sellers
                      place  asks and  Buyers  make bids for  CBQ-bid4it-defined
                      products and services.

(d)                   "Products and Services" - The products and services
                       offered for sale by Seller to Buyer on the System.

(e)                     "Ask Price" - The price  Seller  requests as payment for
                        Products and  Services.  Ask Prices do not include sales
                        or use taxes or freight charges.

(g)                      "Bid Price" - The price Buyer  offers to pay Seller for
                         Products  and  Services.  Bid  Prices  do  not  include
                         applicable sales or use taxes or freight charges.

(h)                      "Selling Price" - Price at which bid and ask match and
                          order is made.

                            ARTICLE II. BUYER ORDERS

2.1       Preparation to Accept Buyer Orders.  Seller shall perform, at Seller's
          expense,  any  computer  system  preparation  required to transmit Ask
          Prices and related information regarding Seller's Products and Service
          to the System.  Seller and Seller  Agent shall  cooperate  with CBQ to
          keep


<PAGE>


         then-current  Seller Ask Prices and  Products  and Services and related
         information,  including  inventory  availability,   up-to-date  in  the
         System.

2.2          Issuance and Acceptance of Buyers Orders.  Buyer orders accepted in
             accordance  with this Section are  referred to as "Buyer  Orders.".
             References   in  this   Section  to  Buyer  Orders  also  apply  to
             alterations to Buyer Orders. The following governs the issuance and
             acceptance of Buyer Orders under this Agreement:

(a)             CBQ may issue Buyer  Orders to Seller  identifying  the Products
                and  Services  which Buyers  desire to obtain from  Seller.  The
                Buyer  Order is a  purchase  order  authorizing  Seller  to ship
                Products or perform  Services  and will  contain a unique  Buyer
                Order  Number,  referred  to  as  the  "Buyer  Order  Reference,
                Number".

(b)             Seller  shall  accept  Buyer  Orders by  commencing  performance
                pursuant to same. In the event that Seller is unable to perform,
                pursuant to the Buyer Order, Seller shall notify CBQ immediately
                using the System Seller screen  data-entry form or via automatic
                Seller-system-generated Email to the System.

(c)             Buyer Orders include  applicable sales and use taxes and freight
                charges. All funds shall be, tendered in U.S. dollars,  based on
                daily  fluctuating  currency  rates as listed in the Wall Street
                Journal.

2.3      Buyer  Order  Alterations.  CBQ  may,  at any time  prior  to  Seller's
         delivery of the Products to the common carrier,  issue an alteration to
         a Buyer  Order in order to (i) change a  location  for  delivery,  (ii)
         modify the  quantity or type,  of Products and Services to be delivered
         or performed, (iii) implement any change or modification as required by
         or permitted in this Agreement.

2.4      Cancellation  of Buyer Order.  Except as  otherwise  agreed upon by the
         parties, CBQ may cancel all or any portion of a Buyer Order at any time
         prior to  Seller's  delivery of the  Products to the common  carrier or
         prior to Seller's commencing performance of Services.

2.5      Product Returns. Buyer shall have the unconditional right, subject to a
         restocking  fee, to return Product  purchased  from Seller  pursuant to
         this  Agreement  during  the  thirty  (30) days  immediately  following
         delivery of such  Product by the,  freight  carrier.  Seller  agrees to
         accept,  for  unconditional  refund,   Products  returned  at  Seller's
         expense,  provided  that  CBQ  complies  with  each  of  the  following
         conditions:

(a)             CBQ obtains a Return Material  Authorization ("RMA") number from
                Seller prior to any such return; provided,  however. that Seller
                shall accept  returned  product in accordance  with this Section
                absent an RMA  number if Seller  fails to issue  said RMA number
                within five (5) working days of CBQ's request for such number.


<PAGE>


                 ARTICLE 111. PROVISION OF PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

3.1      Non-exclusive  Market and Purchase Rights.  It is expressly  understood
         and agreed that this  Agreement  does not grant to Seller an  exclusive
         right  to  provide  to  Buyers  any  or all of  Seller's  Products  and
         Services,  and shall not prevent CBQ from acquiring from other sellers,
         products  or  services  similar to Seller's  Products  and  Services on
         behalf of Buyers.  Seller agrees that  acquisitions  by CBQ pursuant to
         this  Agreement  shall  neither  restrict  the  right  of CBQ to  cease
         acquiring  nor require CBQ to continue any level of such  acquisitions.
         Estimates or forecasts  furnished by CBQ to Seller, if any, prior to or
         during the term of this Agreement shall not constitute commitments.

3.2      Transportation.  Seller shall deliver  Products to the CBQ Buyer on the
         delivery  date set forth in the  applicable  Buyer Order in  accordance
         with the Exhibit to this Agreement  entitled  "Transportation,"  unless
         otherwise agreed upon by the parties.

3.3      Risk of Loss and  Damage.  All risk of loss or damage  to the  Products
         shall be borne by  Seller.  Buyers  shall  inspect  each  shipment  for
         missing or lost items and CBQ shall inform  Seller of problems.  In the
         event of loss or damage  during  transit,  Seller will  replace lost or
         damaged Products with identical Products as soon as possible.

3.4      Right to Cancel for Delays.  In the event of a delay in delivery of all
         or any portion of Products listed on a Buyer Order,  CBQ may cancel all
         or any portion of the Products in such order.

3.5      Defective  Products.  "Defective  Products"  are  those  which  fail to
         operate  according  to,  manufacturer  specifications  within the first
         thirty (30) days after  receipt by the Buyer.  Seller  agrees to accept
         Defective Products, at Buyer's option for either (i) even exchange, and
         to ship,  at Seller's  expense,  to the address  designated  by CBQ, an
         identical  replacement  within  twenty-four  (24)  hours  of  receiving
         notification  of such  failure  or (ii)  Seller  agrees to  accept  for
         unconditional refund Products,  returned at Seller's expense,  provided
         that CBQ complies with each of the following conditions:

(a)             CBQ obtains a Return Material  Authorization ("RMA") number from
                Seller prior to any such return; provided,  however, that Seller
                shall accept  returned  product in accordance  with this Section
                absent an RMA  number if Seller  fails to issue  said RMA number
                within five (5) working days of CBQ's request for such number.

         (b) CBQ arranges return freight for the returned Product(s), which cost
shall be borne by Seller.

         In the  case of (ii)  above,  whether  Seller  has or has not  received
         settlement payment for such Defective Products(s),  CBQ will initiate a
         sales return  (credit)  transaction an behalf of Buyer which will debit
         Seller's accounts  receivable  settlement account in the full amount of
         the original charge for the Product, including applicable sales and use
         tax and freight  charges.  In the event that a Buyer  Order  includes a
         Defective Product and other Product which Buyer desires to keep,


<PAGE>



         the return  credit  will be issued for only the amount of the  returned
         Defective Product, including pro-rated taxes and freight charges.

3.6      Time of Performance.  Seller shall make every possible effort to ensure
         on time shipment of Products according to the terms of the Buyer Order,
         or in no  case  more  than  24  hours  after  receipt  of  such  Order.
         Therefore.  time is expressly  made of the essence with respect to each
         and every term and provision of the Article.

               ARTICLE IV. WARRANTIES,INDEMNITIES, ANDLIABILITIES

4.1  Warranty  Seller  represents  and  warrants  that  during  the Term of this
Agreement:

(a)             Seller has not and will not enter into agreements or commitments
                which are inconsistent  with or conflict with the rights granted
                to CBQ in this Agreement.

(b)             The  Products  are and  shall be free and clear of all liens and
                encumbrances,  and  CBQ  Buyers  shall  be  entitled  to use the
                Products without disturbance.

(c)             Each  Product,  except  those  specifically  being  marketed  as
                "refurbished" or "as is" merchandise. (i) shall be new and shall
                be free from defects in manufacture, materials, and design, (ii)
                shall  have been  manufactured  in a quality  manner,  and (iii)
                shall  function  properly  under  ordinary  use and  operate  in
                conformance   with   their   Applicable    Specifications    and
                Documentation  from the date of receipt by the CBQ Buyer,  until
                the date specified in the Products and Services offering, unless
                Seller  or  Product  manufacturer  offers a  warranty  of longer
                duration to other similar buyers.

4.2      Survival of this Article.  The provisions of this Article shall survive
         the term of termination of the Agreement for any reason.

                          ARTICLE V. PAYMENTS TO SELLER

5.1    Automatic  Payment.  Seller  shall not be required to issue an invoice to
       CBQ in order to receive  automatic  payments of the Amount Due under this
       Agreement ("Automatic Payment").

(a)           The  "Amount  Due"  means the dollar  amount due to Seller  less a
              discount representing CBQ charges and fees and including,  without
              limitation,  applicable  taxes for Products  and  Services  Offers
              provided  pursuant to this Agreement or as otherwise  agreed to by
              CBQ and Seller.  The CBQ discount shall be detailed in the Exhibit
              of this Agreement entitled "Prices, Charges and Fees."

(b)           "Banking   Information,"   including   funds   and   EDI   routing
              instructions  shall be detailed  in the Exhibit of this  Agreement
              entitled "Seller Application."


<PAGE>



5.2      Overpayment and Underpayment.  If Seller receives a settlement  payment
         from CBQ that is greater  than the Amount Due,  Seller shall refund the
         amount of the  overpayment  to CBQ within  thirty (30) days of Seller's
         receipt of a CBQ invoice and records showing proof of  overpayment.  In
         the event of an  underpayment by CBQ, Seller agrees to submit to CBQ an
         invoice  which  contains  the  applicable   Buyer  Order  number,   the
         manufacturer  (if applicable),  the items  description or serial number
         (if  applicable),  the payment  amount,  the debit amount,  and the tax
         amount.  CBQ shall pay any undisputed  sums therefor within thirty (30)
         days from CBQ's receipt of such invoice.

5.3      Fraud.  In the event that  Seller  ships  Product(s)  to a Buyer  whose
         credit card bank  subsequently  denies  payment,  for any  reason,  and
         through  no  fault  of  CBQ  or the  CBQ  credit-transaction  processor
         ("Transaction  Processor"),  CBQ's only liability will be the immediate
         termination  of Buyers  right to  purchase  by  revoking  said  Buyer's
         account with bid4it,  and a charge-back  debit  including bank fees (if
         any)  associated  with the  transaction,  will be  issued  to  Seller's
         settlement account.

5.4      Reconciliation.  From  time to time,  at CBQ's  request,  Seller  shall
         assist  with the  reconciliation  of the Amount Due and the  settlement
         payments  made by CBQ to Seller.  Upon  receipt of  reasonable  advance
         notice from CBQ, Seller agrees to make available to CBQ such records as
         may reasonably be required for such reconciliation.

5.5 Taxes.  This  Section  applies  to the  payment  of taxes  pursuant  to this
Agreement.

         (a) Seller shall provide to CBQ, as part of the Seller Application, the
         list of states and their respective  registration  numbers where Seller
         is qualified and  registered to collect  sales/use  taxes in all of the
         taxing jurisdictions within that state. In the event Seller may quality
         and   register   to   collect   sales/use   taxes  in  any   additional
         jurisdictions,  Seller shall notify CBQ within ten (10) days. CBQ shall
         have no  responsibility  regarding  taxes due to Seller on Buyer Orders
         shipped between the time of such qualification and registration and the
         date of notice by Seller.

         (b) CB Q shall remit to Seller amounts equal to taxes  collected  based
         upon  Buyer  purchases'  of  Products  and  Services  pursuant  to this
         Agreement,  including federal,  state and local sales or use taxes, due
         to Seller in respect of the foregoing.

         (c) Seller  agrees to  reasonably  cooperate  with CBQ,  and shall make
         available to CBQ, and any taxing authority,  all information,  records,
         or documents  relating to any audits or assessments  attributable to or
         resulting from the payment process.

         (d) Upon written  notification  by CBQ and subsequent  verification  by
         Seller,  Seller shall reimburse CBQ in a timely manner, for any and all
         taxes erroneously paid by CBQ to Seller.

5.6          Shippment  Information.  This Section  applies to the  relationship
             between  Seller's  System input(s) and the timing of subsequent CBQ
             action(s) to close sales  transactions  on Buyer Orders pursuant to
             this Agreement.


<PAGE>



         (a) Seller shall input  certain  information  into the System to notify
         CBQ  that  Seller  has  shipped  products  or  performed  the  services
         contained  in  Buyer  Orders,   which   information   shall  constitute
         confirmation of sale completion and authorize CBQ to complete the sales
         transaction ("the Transaction").

         (b) The System will generate a unique Buyer Order Reference  Number for
         each Buyer  Order,  which Number  Seller shall  include and cause to be
         recorded in the shipping  documentation  processed  and sent along with
         the associated shipment.

         (c) CBQ shall have no  liability  for Auto  Payment of Buyer Orders for
         which  Seller  has  failed to comply  with  this  Shipment  Information
         section of the Agreement.

                                       ARTICLE VI. TERMINATION,

6.1    Termination  for Cause.  In the event that  either  party  materially  or
       repeatedly   defaults  in  the  performance  of  any  of  its  duties  or
       obligations  set  forth  in  this  Agreement,  and  such  default  is not
       substantially cured within thirty (30) days after written notice is given
       to the defaulting  party  specifying  the default,  then the party not in
       default may, by giving written  notice  thereof to the defaulting  party,
       terminate this  Agreement and any applicable  Buyer Orders whether or not
       relating  to such  default,  as of a date  specified  in such  notice  of
       termination.

6.2    Termination  for Insolvency or Bankruptcy.  Either party may  immediately
       terminate  this  Agreement by giving written notice to the other party in
       the event of (i) the  liquidation or insolvency of the other party,  (ii)
       the appointment of a receiver or similar officer for the other,  (iii) an
       assignment by the other party for the benefit of all or substantially all
       of its creditors, (iv) entry by the other party into an agreement for the
       composition,  extension,  or readjustment of all of substantially  all of
       its  obligations,  or  (v)  the  filing  of  a  meritorious  petition  in
       bankruptcy by or against the other party under any bankruptcy or debtor's
       law for its relief or reorganization.

6.3    Rights Upon Termination.  Buyer Orders (unless specifically terminated as
       set forth in this Article) which require performance or extend beyond the
       term of this  Agreement  shall,  at CBQ's  option,  be so  performed  and
       extended and shall  continue to be subject to the terms and conditions of
       this Agreement.

                           ARTICLE VII. MISCELLANEOUS

7.1    Binding Nature, Assignment.  and Subcontracting.  This Agreement shall be
       binding on the parties and their  respective  successors  in interest and
       assigns,  but neither party shall have the power to assign this Agreement
       nor to  subcontract  or delegate any of its duties or  obligations  to be
       performed as set forth in this Agreement or in a Buyer Order to any third
       party without the prior written consent of the other party. which consent
       shall  not  be  unreasonably  withheld.  Consent  to an  assignment  or a
       subcontract shall not relieve the assigning party of full  responsibility
       for complete  performance  of all of its  obligations  set forth 'in this
       Agreement or in


<PAGE>


       such Buyer Order and such assigning  party shall remain  responsible  for
       any assignee's or subcontractor's  compliance with the non-disclosure and
       confidentiality provisions set forth ill this Agreement.

7.2    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, all
       of which taken together shall constitute one single agreement between the
       parties.

7.3    Headings.  The, Article and Section headings used in this Agreement are
       for reference and convenience only and shall not enter into the
       interpretation hereof.

7.4    Relationship  of Parties.  CBQ and Seller each is performing  pursuant to
       this  Agreement only as an  independent  contractor.  Seller has the sole
       obligation to supervise,  manage,  contract,  direct, procure, perform or
       cause  to be  performed  its  respective  obligations  sot  forth in this
       Agreement,  except as  otherwise  agreed  upon in writing  by  authorized
       representatives of the parties. Nothing set forth in this Agreement shall
       be construed to create the  relationship  of principal  and agent between
       Seller and CBQ.  Neither  CBQ nor  Seller  shall act or attempt to act or
       represent  itself,  directly or by implication,  as an agent of the other
       party or its affiliates or in any manner assume to create,  or attempt to
       assume or  create,  any  obligation  on behalf of, or in the name of, the
       other party or its affiliates.

7.5    Confidentiality.  "Information"  means (i) written  information  received
       from the other party which is marked or identified as confidential and/or
       proprietary,  (ii) the terms and  conditions of this  Agreement and (iii)
       oral or visual  information  identified  as  confidential  at the time of
       disclosure which is summarized in writing and provided to the other party
       in  written  form  within  five  (5)  days  after  such  oral  or  visual
       disclosure.

       During the term of this Agreement each party may use Information received
       from the other party only in  connection  with support of a bona-fide CBQ
       Buyer  Order,  and each party shall use the same means it uses to protect
       its own  confidential and proprietary  information,  but in any event not
       less than reasonable  means, to prevent the disclosure and to protect the
       confidentiality of the Information received.

       Notwithstanding  the above  provisions,  Seller  acknowledges that in the
       course of  performance  of its  obligations  pursuant to this  Agreement,
       Seller may obtain confidential  and/or proprietary  Information of CBQ or
       its affiliates or Buyers. Seller hereby agrees that all such confidential
       and/or proprietary  information so received,  whether before or after the
       Effective Date, shall be maintained in strict  confidence,  shall be used
       only for purposes of this Agreement and shall not be disclosed by Seller,
       or its agents or employees without the prior written consent of CBQ.

       The  provisions  of this Section shall not apply to  confidential  and/or
       proprietary   information  of  CBQ  or  its  affiliates  or  Buyers,   or
       Information,  (i)  already  known  by  the  recipient  party  without  an
       obligation of  confidentiality,  (ii) publicly known or becomes  publicly
       known  through  no  unauthorized  act  of  the  recipient  party,   (iii)
       rightfully   received   from  a  third  party   without   obligation   of
       confidentiality,  (iv) disclosed without similar  restrictions to a third
       party by the party  owning the  Information,  (v)  approved  by the other
       party for  disclosure,  or (vi)  required to be  disclosed  pursuant to a
       requirement of a governmental agency or law so long as the disclosing


<PAGE>


       party provides the other party with notice of such  requirement  prior to
       any such  disclosure.  The  provisions  of this Section shall survive the
       term or  termination of this Agreement for any reason for a period of two
       (2) years.

7.6    Media Releases.  Except for any announcement intended solely for internal
       distribution  by CBQ or  Seller,  or any  disclosure  required  by legal,
       accounting,  or regulatory  requirements beyond the reasonable control of
       CBQ or  Seller,  all  media  releases,  public  announcements,  or public
       disclosures  (including.  but not limited to,  promotional  or  marketing
       material) by CBQ or Seller or its  employees  or agents  relating to this
       Agreement  or its subject  matter,  or  including  any name,  trade name,
       trademark,  or symbol of CBQ bid4it or any  affiliate  of CBQ, or Seller,
       shall be  coordinated  with and  mutually  approved in writing by CBQ and
       Seller prior to the release  prior  thereof.  Seller shall not  represent
       directly or  indirectly  that any Product or Service  Offers by Seller to
       CBQ Buyers has been  approved  or  endorsed  by CBQ or include  the name,
       trade name,  trademark.  or symbol of CBQ, bid4it or any affiliate of CBQ
       on a list of Seller's customers without CBQ's express written consent.

7.7    Dispute   Resolution.   In  the  event  of  any  disagreement   regarding
       performance  under or  interpretation of the Agreement or breach thereof,
       and prior to the commencement of any formal  proceedings,  if the dispute
       cannot  be  settled  through  negotiation,  the  parties  shall  continue
       performance  as set forth in this  Agreement  and shall  attempt  in good
       faith to reach a negotiated  resolution by mediation  administered by the
       American  Arbitration  Association  (www.adr.org)  under  its  Commercial
       Mediation  Rules before  resorting to  arbitration,  litigation,  or some
       other dispute resolution procedure to resolve the dispute.

7.8    International  Business. This Agreement shall apply to the acquisition of
       Products  and  Services  for use in or in support of the  performance  or
       resale of Products and Services in the United States and its territories.
       Seller  and  CBQ  and/or  their  respective  agents,   distributors,   or
       affiliates authorized to conduct business in countries outside the United
       States may negotiate in good faith, supplemental agreements incorporating
       further  terms and  conditions  required  by local law.  In the event any
       supplemental agreement is inconsistent with any term or condition of this
       Agreement, such supplemental agreement shall control.

7.9    Export.  Neither party shall export any Products or Information protected
       hereunder by an obligation  of  confidentiality  from the United  States,
       either  directly  or  indirectly,  without  first  obtaining a license or
       clearance as required  from the United  States  Department of Commerce or
       other agency or department of the United States Government as required by
       law.

7.10     CBQ Business Practices. Seller shall comply with the CBQ Business
         Practices set forth in the Exhibit of this Agreement titled "CBQ
         Business Practices."

7.11   Compliance  with Laws. In the performance of Services or the provision of
       Products  pursuant to this Agreement,  both parties shall comply with the
       requirements of all applicable laws,  ordinances,  and regulations of the
       United States or any state,  country, or other governmental  entity. Each
       party shall indemnify defend,  and hold the other party harmless from and
       against any and all claim,  actions, or damages arising from of caused by
       its failure to comply with the foregoing.
7.12

<PAGE>


Notices.Wherever  one party is required or permitted to give notice to the other
        pursuant  to this  Agreement,  such  notice  shall be deemed  given when
        delivered in hand, when mailed by registered or certified  mail,  return
        receipt  requested,  postage  prepaid,  or when  sent  by a third  party
        courier  service  where receipt is verified by their  receiving  party's
        acknowledgment, and addressed as follows:

        In the case, of CBQ:                          In the case of the Seller:
        CyberQuest, Inc.                                     Name: SHOP TV, Inc.
        4851 Keller Springs, Road, Suite 213     Address: 2001 West Sample Road,
                                                                         Ste.401
        Addison, Texas 75001                         Pompano Beach, FL Zip 33064
        Attn: bid4it Contract Administrator                      Attn: Eric Warm
        Phone: 972-732-1100                                  Phone: 954-969-1199
        Fax: 972-732-1169                                      Fax: 954-917-8292
        Customer Service: 899-379-3162

         Either party may from time to time change its address for  notification
         purposes  by giving the other party  written  notice of the new address
         and the date upon which it will become effective;  first class, postage
         prepaid,  mail shall be  acceptable  for provision of change of address
         notices.

7.13    Severability.  If, but only to the extent  that,  any  provision of this
        Agreement  is declared or found to be illegal,  unenforceable,  or void,
        then both parties  shall be relieved of all  obligations  arising  under
        such  provision,  it being the intent and  agreement of the parties that
        this  Agreement  shall be deemed  amended by modifying such provision to
        the extent  necessary to make it legal and enforceable  while preserving
        its intent, If that is not possible, another provision that is legal and
        enforceable and achieves the same objective shall be substituted. If the
        remainder  of this  Agreement  is not  affected by such  declaration  or
        finding and is capable of substantial  performance,  then the, remainder
        shall be enforced to the extent permitted by law.

7.14    Waiver. Any waiver of this Agreement or of any covenant,  condition,  or
        agreement to be performed by a party under this Agreement shall (i) only
        be valid  if the  waiver  is in  writing  and  signed  by an  authorized
        representative  of the party  against  which such waiver is sought to be
        enforced,  and (ii) apply only to the  specific  covenant,  condition or
        agreement to be performed,  the specific  instance,  or specific  breach
        thereof and not to any other or instance or breach thereof or subsequent
        instance or breach.

7.15    Remedies.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement,  all remedies
        set forth in this  Agreement,  or  available  by law or equity  shall be
        cumulative and not alternative, and may be enforced concurrently or from
        time to time.

7.16    Survival of Terms.  Termination  or expiration of this Agreement for any
        reason  shall  not  release   either  party  from  any   liabilities  or
        obligations  act  forth in this  Agreement  which (i) the  parties  have
        expressly  agreed shall survive any such  termination or expiration,  or
        (ii) remain to be  performed  or by their nature would be intended to be
        applicable following any such termination or expiration.
7.17

<PAGE>


Exhibitsand  Schedules.  All Exhibits,  documents.  and schedules  referenced in
        this  Agreement  or  attached  to this  Agreement,  and each Buyer Order
        accepted by Seller are an integral part of this Agreement.  In the event
        of any  conflict  between  the terms  and  conditions  of any  Exhibits,
        documents,  schedules or Buyer Orders and this  Agreement,  the terms of
        this  Agreement  shall be  controlling  unless  otherwise  agreed  to in
        writing by authorized representatives of the parties.

7.18    Governing  law. THE RIGHTS AND  OBLIGATIONS  OF THE PARTIES  PURSUANT TO
        THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL NOT BE  GOVERNED  BY THE  PROVISIONS  Of THE 1980
        UNITED  NATIONS  CONVENTION ON CONTRACTS FOR THE  INTERNATIONAL  SALE OF
        GOODS.  RATHER  THESE  RIGHTS AND  OBLIGATIONS  SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE
        LAWS, OTHER THAN CHOICE OF LAW RULES, OF THE STATE OF TEXAS.

7.19    Entire  Agreement.  This Agreement  constitutes the entire and exclusive
        statement  of the  Agreement  between  the parties  with  respect to its
        subject  matter  and  there  are no  oral  or  written  representations,
        understandings  or agreements  relating to this Agreement  which are not
        fully  expressed in the Agreement.  This Agreement  shall not be amended
        except by a written agreement signed by both parties. Any other terms or
        conditions  included  in  any  license  agreements,   quotes,  invoices,
        acknowledgments,  bills of lading,  or other forms utilized or exchanged
        by the parties shall not be incorporated in this Agreement or be binding
        upon the parties unless the parties expressly agree in writing or unless
        otherwise provided for in this Agreement.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF  Seller and CBQ  acknowledge  that each of the provisions of
this Agreement  were expressly  agreed to and have each caused this Agreement to
be signed and delivered by its duly authorized  officer or  representative as of
the Effective Date.

SHOP TV, Inc.                                                   CyberQuest, Inc.
By: /s/ Eric J. Warm                                  By: /s/ Michael L. Sheriff
Printed Name: Eric J. Warm                      Printed Name: Michael L. Sheriff
Title: Chief Operating Officer                                  Title: CEO
Date: /s/ 2-9-99                                                Date: /s/ 2-8-99


<PAGE>


                        EXHIBIT - CBQ BUSINESS PRACTICES

         CBQ  Sellers  have  played  a key  role in our  continuous  growth  and
success. We sincerely appreciate your support in order to avoid any conflicts of
interest with our Sellers and to keep business  relationships  on a professional
basis,  CBQ has established and briefed its employees on the following  business
practices,  Please review these business practices  carefully and give a copy to
any of your associates who have a need to know.

1.    In  selecting  Sellers,  CBQ will test the  market to assure  quality  and
      expects its Sellers to provide a quality product or service.

2.    No CBQ employee is to ask for anything of value from a Seller.  Gifts from
      Seller  such as tickets  to  athletic  events,  concerts  or the  theater,
      personal  travel,  or any type of  personal  item are  discouraged  by our
      business  practices.  If any CBQ employee is offered or accepts an item of
      value from a Seller,  the employee is to report it to the  appropriate CBQ
      management.

3.    If any CBQ  employee  engages in any type of  unethical  behavior  such as
      requesting  anything of value from a Seller,  the Seller is  requested  to
      report the incident to the appropriate CBQ management.

4.   Occasional  meals during visits to a Seller's  facilities or a CBQ business
     meeting  location  during  which a  Seller  incurs  normal  and  reasonable
     marketing  expenses are acceptable.  The CBQ employee is required to report
     such meal expenses to their management.

CBQ appreciates your cooperation in complying with these business practices.'


<PAGE>



                         EXHIBIT 11 - SELLER INFORMATION

         In the, course of doing business,  certain Seller information  ("Seller
Information")  must be maintained in the System.  The Seller Information will be
used to create  database  tables  which will enable CBQ to post  Seller's  Asks,
update  Ask  Prices,  effective  and  expiration  dates  and  other  information
necessary or required to conduct  business as a Seller.  The Seller shall supply
this  Seller  Information  to CBQ in an  electronic  format  or other  format as
appropriate depending upon the technology available to Seller.

         CBQ reserves the right to alter the type and format of required  Seller
Information.  CBQ will provide Seller  reasonable notice on making such changes,
and will  provide  new  instructions  via  e-mail to the  primary  Seller  Agent
currently registered in the System.

         CBQ  reserves  the  right to deny or edit any image  supplied,  and the
Seller may or may not be notified of such a decision. Images used will be solely
at the  discretion of bid4it.  Should editing of an image,  be required,  bid4it
will charge the Seller the  appropriate  charges  necessary,  as detailed in the
Seller Agreement and any other amendments agreed upon.


<PAGE>


                           EXHIBIT III -TRANSPORTATION

         Seller shall be required to maintain transportation  agreements for the
purpose of fulfilling Buyer Orders pursuant to Article 11 of this Agreement.

         The method and mode of all required transportation and packing shall be
those  selected by Buyer,  in accordance  with this Exhibit.  CBQ agrees to work
with Seller to minimize  transportation costs for all Products shipped under the
provisions of this Exhibit,

         The following procedures apply to all domestic freight:'

1. All shipments will be sent according to the applicable Buyer Order.

2. CBQ will maintain carrier's current standard rate tables in the System.

3. An orders must ship "complete" unless specified otherwise by Buyer.

4. The Buyer Order  Reference  Number must be  referenced on all waybills in the
"reference information area."

NOTE: CBQ ACCEPTS NO LIABILITY FOR AUTO PAYMENT  OF BUYER ORDERS SHIPPED ON
WAYBILLS WHICH DO NOT REFERENCE THE UNIQUE BUYER ORDER REFERENCE NUMBER IN THE
"REFERENCE INFORMATION AREA."


<PAGE>


                         EXHIBIT IV -SELLER APPLICATION

         Seller  shall  provide  certain  banking  information  to CBQ  so  that
Automatic Payments may be made to Seller. This Exhibit IV will also serve as the
bid4it  Seller  Application  far  purposes of this  Agreement  and  contains the
required  Seller  Banking  Information.  A  completed  and signed copy of banks'
documentation  granting CBQ  permission  to draft  Seller's  bank account may be
attached as a part of this Exhibit.  (Permission  to draft Seller's bank account
if overpayment pursuant to Section 5.2 of this Agreement.)

Amtrust Bank/Ohio Savings
Deerfield Office,
3600 West Hillsboro Blvd.
Deerfield Beach, FL, 33442
Bank Routing Number: 267091221

Phone Number: 954-426-3232
Contact Name: Ann Carlson

Name of Account: Tricom Pictures, Shop TV Account
Name of Primary Signatory on Account: Jack Levine
Name of Secondary Signatory on Account, Mark Alfieri, Eric Warm
Federal Tax ID # 65-0563030
Bank Account Number: 00779000092

Changes  to  Seller's   banking   information  may  be  made  by  following  the
instructions provided in the Notices Section of this Agreement.

In  addition,  Seller is  required  to  provide to CBQ a list of states in which
Seller is qualified  and  registered  registered  to collect sales and use taxes
pursuant to Section 5.5 of this Agreement.


<PAGE>


                      EXHIBIT V - PRICES, CHARGES AND FEES

         Seller  agrees to accept  Automatic  Payments  pursuant to Article V of
this  Agreement.  Automatic  Payments  will  reflect a  discount  consisting  of
acquiring  bank's credit card and other Processing fees and CBQ charges and fees
based on the fee schedule  below,  which amount will be deducted from the Amount
Due on a Transaction-by-Transaction basis.

                            Transaction Fee Schedule

Sales Price                           % Fee
< $500                                  20
$501-999                                15
$1,000-4,999                            14
$5,000-9,999                            13
$10,000-14,999                          12
$15,000-19,999                          11
$20,000-24,999                          10
$25,000-49,999                           9
$50,000-74,999                           8
$75,000-99.999                           7
$100,000-149,000                         6
$150,000-199,999                         5
$200,000-249,999                         4
$250,000-299,999                         3
$300,000-349,999                         2
$350,000-399,999                         1.5
>$400,000                                1




                         YAHOO! SHOPPING INSERTION ORDER

ORDER #           shoptv                               Sales Contact: Maria Melo
REVISION                                              Email: [email protected]
TYPE                                                          Phone 409-616-3766
DATE              March 19, 1999                                Fax 408-731-3302
                                                         3400 Central Expressway
                                                            Santa Clara CA 95051

site2shop.com
2001 West Sample Road
Pompano Beach, FL 33064
Phone: (954) 969- 199
Fax: (954) 917-8292
Contact Name: Eric J. Warm
Chief Operating Officer

Billing Contact

Nancy Meyers, Accounts Payable
Phone: 954-969-1199
Fax: 954-959-1099

Technical Contact
Greg Darby
Phone: 954-975-8011
E-Mail [email protected]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Start Date:.                       3/18/1999

Position:
Yahoo! Shopping Page


Total Net

Cost/Month


Total Net

Cost $300


Terms; See Billing Instructions.

Billing Instructions:

Bill to customer.

Net 30 from date of invoice.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 TERMS  AND  CONDITIONS:  This  insertion  order Is  subject  to the  terms  and
conditions  "Standard  Terms"  attached  hereto as  Exhibit A of this  Insertion
order,  and  such  Standard  Terms  are made a part of this  insertion  order by
reference. The signatory of this Insertion Order represents that he has read and
agrees to such Standard Terms.

Authorized By: /s/ Eric J. Warm         Phone: 954-969-1199        Date: 3/18/99
Production Contact: /s/ Eric J. Warm    Phone: same                Date: 3/18/99

Please return to Yahoo! Sales Operations Dept   Fax # (400) 731-3302
Yahoo! Inc.
3400 Central Expressway
Santa Clara, CA 95051






<PAGE>


                     YAHOO! SHOPPING STANDARD MERCHANT TERMS

The following terms and conditions (the "Standard  Terms') shall be deemed to be
Incorporated  into the attached  insertion order (the "Insertion  Order" between
Yahoo!  Inc.  ("Yahoo!")  and  the  company  Indicated  on the  Insertion  Order
("Merchant").  Yahoo!  reserves the right,  in Its sole  discretion,  to change,
modify,  add or  remove  all or part of the  Standard  Terms at any time with or
without notice.

1. Merchant shall provide to Yahoo!  information relating to Merchant's products
and/or services in accordance  with Yahoo!'s  specifications.  Such  information
shall include, without limitation, Merchant's name, product description, product
name,  availability,  price,  any  warranty  notices  and  disclaimers,  and, If
applicable, return information,  size, color, SKU number, html pages and graphic
files (collectively referred to as "Merchant Content").  All html pages provided
by  Merchant  shall be subject  to  Yahoo!'s  approval  and shall  conform  with
Yahoo!'s  specifications.  Merchant  agrees to update  all  Merchant  Content in
accordance with Yahoo!'s  specifications.  Yahoo! reserves the right not to post
or include any Merchant Content on Yahoo! Shopping and has the absolute right to
reject any URL embodied within any Merchant Content.

2.  Yahoo!  will host the  Merchant  Content on Yahoo!  servers  and include the
Merchant  Content in the pages set forth on the Insertion Order of Yahoo!'s U.S.
based  on-line  shopping  property  (referred  to as  "Yahoo!  Shopping"  or the
"Service")  commencing on the date set forth on the Insertion  Order and, except
as otherwise  provided on the  Insertion  Order,  continuing  on a monthly basis
thereafter  until  terminated by either party with no less than thirty (30) days
written notice (the Term"). Yahoo! Is solely responsible for the design, layout,
posting and maintenance of Yahoo!  Shopping.  Upon termination,  Yahoo! reserves
the right to delete  from its  servers  any and all  Merchant  Content and other
information  contained In Merchants  account  including but not limited to order
processing   information.   The  Indemnity  and  Disclaimer  of  Warranties  and
Liabilities provisions of these Standard Terms shall survive any termination.

3.  Merchant  hereby  grants to Yahoo!  a  worldwide,  perpetual,  sublicensable
license to use,  disclose,  display,  reproduce  and  distribute  such  Merchant
Content and any  portions  thereof and any  derivative  works  therefrom  in any
media, to incorporate  Merchant  Content into a database,  and to display in any
manner the results of search queries and  comparisons  conducted by users of the
Service. Merchant also authorizes Yahoo! to use Merchant Content for purposes of
promoting  Merchant's products.  Yahoo! or Yahoo!  Shopping generally and grants
Yahoo!  the right to maintain such Merchant  Content on Yahoo!'s  servers during
the Term and to authorize the downloading and printing of such material,  or any
portion thereof, by users.

4. Merchant shall pay Yahoo!  the monthly fee set forth on the Insertion  Order.
All fees are payable in U.S.  dollars.  Merchant  will make the first payment to
Yahoo! on the date that the Merchant Content is first posted an Yahoo!  Shopping
and shall make subsequent  payments on the first day of every month  thereafter.
Late payments shall bear interest at the rate of one percent (1 %) per month (or
the highest  rate  permitted  by law,  if less).  In the event of any failure by
Merchant  to make  payment,  Merchant  will be  responsible  for all  reasonable
expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees)  incurred by Yahoo!  in collecting  such
amounts.  Yahoo!  may,  upon 30 days  prior  notice to  Merchant,  alter Its fee
schedules.

5. Yahoo!  may provide  Merchant with access to certain software owned by Yahoo!
(the   "Software')  to  facilitate  the  maintenance  of  Merchant  Content  and
Merchant's access to customer orders and other information. Yahoo! hereby grants
Merchant a non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use the Software in object
code  form  only on a  server  controlled  by  Yahoo!  for the sole  purpose  of
maintaining Merchant's Content, facilitating access to customer orders and other
information an Yahoo!  Shopping.  Merchant shall not copy the Software or use it
on computers other than a server  controlled by Yahoo!  Merchant may not use Web
pages or parts of Web  pages  generated  by means of the  Software,  other  than
content that originates from and is proprietary to Merchant, on any server other
than the servers controlled by Yahoo!  without Yahoo!'s express written consent,
Merchant also  acknowledges  and agrees that the Software is intended for access
and use by means of web browsing  software,  and that Yahoo!  does not commit to
support any particular browsing platform.  Yahoo! reserves the right at any time
to revise and modify the Software,  release  subsequent  versions thereof and to
alter   features,   specifications,    capabilities,    functions,   and   other
characteristics  of the Software,  without  notice to Merchant,  Merchant  shall
receive a password  from Yahoo!  to provide  access to and use of the  Software.
Merchant is entirely  responsible  for any and all  activities  that occur under
Merchants   account  and  password.   Merchant   Agrees  to  keep  its  password
confidential,  to allow no other  person or company to use its  account,  and to
notify  Yahoo!  promptly if Merchant has any reason to believe that the security
of its account has been compromised.

6.  Merchant  represents  and warrants  that it (a) has full power and authority
under all relevant laws and regulations to offer,  sell and distribute the goods
and services  offered by it,  including but not limited to holding all necessary
licenses from all necessary  jurisdictions to engage in the advertising and sale
of such  goods and  services;  (b) will not engage in any  activities:  (I) that
constitute  or  encourage  a  violation  of any  applicable  law or  regulation,
including  but not  limited to the sale of  illegal  goods or the  violation  of
export  control or obscenity  laws;  (ii) that  infringe the rights of any third
party,  including  but  not  limited  to the  intellectual  property,  business,
contractual, or fiduciary rights of others, and (iii) that are in


<PAGE>


any way connected with the transmission of "junk mail" "spam" or the unsolicited
mass distribution of email, or with any unethical marketing practices

7. Yahoo!  maintains  information  about  Merchant and the  Merchant  Content on
Yahoo!  servers,  including but not limited to Merchant's  account  registration
information,  Merchant's  customer order  information,  sales  information,  and
clickstream data ("Merchant  Information').  Merchant agrees that Yahoo! may use
Merchant  Information  in  aggregate  form for  marketing  or other  promotional
purposes.  Merchant agrees that Yahoo! may disclose Merchant  Information in the
good faith belief that such action is reasonably  necessary:  (a) to comply with
the law or legal process; (b) to enforce these Standard Terms; or (c) to protect
the rights or interests of Yahoo! or others, provided,  however, that nothing In
this  section  shall  impose a duty on  Yahoo!  to make  any  such  disclosures.
Merchant also acknowledges and agrees that Yahoo! may access Merchant's  account
and its  contents as  necessary  to identify  or resolve  technical  problems or
respond to complaints about the Service.

8. Customers of Yahoo! Shopping shall place orders on a Yahoo!  transaction page
designed and hosted by Yahoo!  Order information,  including product,  quantity,
shipping address, customer name, email address and credit card information shall
be collected  via the Software and  retrieved by Merchant  from Yahoo!  servers.
Merchant  shall notify each  customer  via email within  twelve (12) hours after
Yahoo!  transmits  the  order  information  to  Merchant  whether  the  order is
confirmed or the order cannot be fulfilled. Merchant shall be solely responsible
for all goods and services  offered by Merchant on Yahoo!  Shopping,  including,
without  limitation,  billing,  shipping and  fulfillment of goods and services,
returns  and  customer  service  and for any  acts or  omissions  that  occur in
connection with Merchant's account or password.  Merchant agrees that Yahoo! may
delete  customer  credit  card  information  from  Yahoo!  servers 14 days after
Merchant  retrieves  such  information,   and  may  delete  all  other  Merchant
Information  from  Yahoo!  servers at the and of each  calendar  year.  Merchant
agrees to  implement  adequate  security  protections  to ensure the  privacy of
customer  Information  retrieved from Yahoo!  servers and Merchant agrees not to
disclose such customer information to any third party or use such information In
any way except for the fulfillment of the customer order.

9.  Merchant  agrees to  indemnify  and hold  harmless  Yahoo!  and its parents,
subsidiaries,  affiliates,  officers,  directors,  shareholders,  employees  and
agents, from any claim or demand,  including  reasonable attorneys fees, made by
any third  party due to or arising out of, any  products  or  services  offered,
distributed  or sold by Merchant In  connection  with the Service,  any mistake,
error or omission made by Merchant, including but not limited to data corruption
and/or wrongful  disclosure of customer  Information,  any alleged  violation of
these  Standard  Terms,  or any  alleged  violation  of any  rights of  another,
including but not limited to Merchant's use of any content, trademarks,  service
marks,  trade names,  copyrighted or patented  material,  or other  intellectual
property used by Merchant.  Yahoo!  reserves the right,  at Its own expense,  to
assume the  exclusive  defense  and control of any matter  otherwise  subject to
indemnification by Merchant,  but doing so shall not excuse Merchant's indemnity
obligations.

10.       DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES AND LIABILITIES. THE SERVICE AND SOFTWARE ARE
PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" AND "AS AVAILABLE" BASIS WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND,.
EITHER  EXPRESS  OR  IMPLIED,   INCLUDING  BUT  NOT  LIMITED  TO  WARRANTIES  OF
MERCHANTABILITY,  FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT.  NEITHER
THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENTATION FURNISHED UNDER IT IS INTENDED TO EXPRESS OR
IMPLY ANY WARRANTY THAT THE SERVICES WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED, TIMELY OR ERROR-FREE
OR THAT THE SOFTWARE WILL PROVIDE  UNINTERRUPTED,  TIMELY OR ERROR FREE SERVICE.
THE SECURITY MECHANISM INCORPORATED IN THE SOFTWARE HAS INHERENT LIMITATIONS AND
MERCHANT MUST DETERMINE  THAT THE SOFTWARE  ADEQUATELY  MEETS ITS  REQUIREMENTS.
MERCHANT  ACKNOWLEDGES  AND AGREES THAT ANY MATERIAL  AND/OR DATA  DOWNLOADED OR
OTHERWISE  OBTAINED  THROUGH  THE USE OF THE SERVICE IS DONE AT ITS OWN RISK AND
THAT MERCHANT WILL BE SOLELY  RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGES TO ITS COMPUTER SYSTEM
OR LOSS OF DATA THAT  RESULTS  FROM THE  DOWNLOAD  OF  SUCHMATERIAL  AND/OR DATA
YAHOO!,  AND  ITS  PARENTS,  SUBSIDIARIES,   AFFILIATES,   OFFICERS,  DIRECTORS,
SHAREHOLDERS  EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS, SHALL NOT BE LIABLE, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES
OR LEGAL  THEORIES  WHATSOEVER,  FOR ANY LOSS OF BUSINESS,  PROFITS OR GOODWILL,
LOSS OF USE OR DATA,  INTERRUPTION  OF BUSINESS,  OR FOR ANY INDIRECT,  SPECIAL,
INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER, EVEN IF YAHOO! IS AWARE OF
THE RISK OF SUCH DAMAGES, THAT RESULT IN ANY WAY FROM MERCHANTS USE OR INABILITY
TO USE THE SOFTWARE, OR THAT RESULT FROM ERRORS, DEFECTS,  OMISSIONS,  DELAYS IN
OPERATION OR TRANSMISSION,  OR ANY OTHER FAILURE OF PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE.
YAHOO!'S  LIABILITY TO MERCHANT SHALL NOT, FOR ANY REASON,  EXCEED THE AGGREGATE
PAYMENTS  ACTUALLY MADE BY MERCHANT TO YAHOO!.  SOME  JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW
THE  EXCLUSION  OF  CERTAIN  WARRANTIES  OR  LIABILITIES,  SO SOME OF THE  ABOVE
EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.


<PAGE>


11. Any and all press releases and other public  announcements  relating to this
Agreement and subsequent transactions between Yahoo! and Merchant, including the
method and timing of such  announcements,  must be approved in advance by Yahoo!
in  writing.  Yahoo!  reserves  the right to  withhold  approval  of any  public
announcement in its sole discretion. Without limitation, any breach of Merchants
obligations  regarding public  announcements shall be a material breach of these
Standard Terms. Any notices or communications  shall be by electronic mail or in
writing  and shall be deemed  delivered  upon  receipt to the party to whom such
communication is directed. If to Yahoo!, such notices shall be addressed to 3420
Central Expressway, Santa Clara, CA 95051. If to Merchant, such notices shall be
addressed to the electronic or mailing address specified on the Insertion Order.
These Standard Terms and the relationship  between Merchant and Yahoo!  shall be
governed by the laws of the State of California  without  regard to its conflict
of law  provisions.  Merchant  and Yahoo!  agree to submit to the  personal  and
exclusive  jurisdiction of the Superior Court of the State of California for the
County of Santa  Clara or the  United  States  District  Court for the  Northern
District  of  California.  Yahoo!'s  failure to exercise or enforce any right or
provision of these Standard Terms shall not constitute a waiver of such right or
provision.  Merchant  agrees  that  regardless  of  any  statute  or  law to the
contrary,  any claim or cause of action  arising out of or related to use of the
Service or these  Standard  Terms  must be filed  within one (1) year after such
claim or cause of action arose,  or be forever  barred.  The Insertion Order and
these Standard Terms  constitute the entire  agreement  between the parties with
respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all previous proposals.




                                SITE2SHOP.COM, INC
                          SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT
                             AS OF APRIL 30, 1999


1    Tricom Pictures and Productions,Inc.
     2001 West Sample Road
     Pompano Beach, Florida 33064
     Telephone: (954) 969-1010
     E.I.N. 59-3099845
     100% of Common Stock issued and outstanding owned by SITE2SHOP.COM, Inc.

2 Shop TV & Television, Inc.
     2001 West Sample Road
     Pompano Beach, Florida 33064
     Telephone: (954) 969-1199
     E.I.N. 65-0563030
     100% of Common Stock issued and outstanding owned by SITE2SHOP.COM, Inc.







                          SHOP T.V., INC.
                      1998 STOCK OPTION PLAN


1. Grant of Options:  Generally.  In accordance with the provisions  hereinafter
set forth in this stock  option plan,  the name of which is the SHOP T.V.,  INC.
1998 STOCK OPTION PLAN (the  "Plan"),  the Board of Directors  (the "Board") or,
the  Compensation  Committee (the "Stock Option  Committee") of Shop T.V.,  Inc.
(the  "Corporation")  is  hereby  authorized  to issue  from time to time on the
Corporation's  behalf  to any  one or  more  Eligible  Persons,  as  hereinafter
defined,  options to acquire  shares of the  Corporation's  no par value  common
stock (the "Stock").

2. Type of Options.  The Board or the Stock Option  Committee is  authorized  to
issue  Incentive Stock Options  ("ISOs") which meet the  requirements of Section
ss.422 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended  (the  "Code"),  which
options are  hereinafter  referred to  collectively as ISOs, or singularly as an
ISO.  The  Board or the  Stock  Option  Committee  is also,  in its  discretion,
authorized to issue options  which are not ISOs,  which options are  hereinafter
referred to collectively as Non Statutory Options ("NSOs"),  or singularly as an
NSO. The Board or the Stock Option Committee is also authorized to issue "Reload
Options" in accordance  with Paragraph 8 herein,  which options are  hereinafter
referred to collectively  as Reload  Options,  or singularly as a Reload Option.
Except  where the  context  indicates  to the  contrary,  the term  "Option"  or
"Options" means ISOs, NSOs and Reload Options.

3.  Amount  of Stock.  The  aggregate  number  of  shares of Stock  which may be
purchased pursuant to the exercise of Options shall be 1,500,000 shares. Of this
amount,  the  Board or the  Stock  Option  Committee  shall  have the  power and
authority  to  designate  whether any  Options so issued  shall be ISOs or NSOs,
subject to the  restrictions on ISOs contained  elsewhere  herein.  If an Option
ceases to be  exercisable,  in whole or in part, the shares of Stock  underlying
such Option shall continue to be available under this Plan.  Further,  if shares
of Stock  are  delivered  to the  Corporation  as  payment  for  shares of Stock
purchased by the exercise of an Option  granted under this Plan,  such shares of
Stock  shall also be  available  under this Plan.  If there is any change in the
number  of  shares  of  Stock  due to of the  declaration  of  stock  dividends,
recapitalization  resulting in stock split-ups,  or combinations or exchanges of
shares of Stock,  or  otherwise,  the  number of shares of Stock  available  for
purchase upon the exercise of Options, the shares of Stock subject to any Option
and the exercise price of any outstanding Option shall be appropriately adjusted
by the  Board or the Stock  Option  Committee.  The  Board or the  Stock  Option
Committee  shall give notice of any  adjustments to each Eligible Person granted
an Option under this Plan, and such  adjustments  shall be effective and binding
on  all  Eligible  Persons.  If  because  of  one  or  more   recapitalizations,
reorganizations  or other  corporate  events,  the holders of outstanding  Stock
receive  something  other than shares of Stock then, upon exercise of an Option,
the Eligible  Person will receive what the holder would have owned if the holder
had exercised the Option  immediately  before the first such corporate event and
not disposed of anything the holder received as a result of the corporate event.

4.     Eligible Persons.

   (a) With respect to ISOs,  an Eligible  Person means any  individual  who has
been employed by the Corporation or by any subsidiary of the Corporation,  for a
continuous period of at least sixty (60) days.

   (b) With respect to NSOs, an Eligible Person means (i) any individual who has
been employed by the Corporation or by any subsidiary of the Corporation,  for a
continuous  period  of at  least  sixty  (60)  days,  (ii) any  director  of the
Corporation or any subsidiary of the  Corporation or (iii) any consultant of the
Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation.

5. Grant of Options.  The Board or the Stock Option  Committee  has the right to
issue the Options established by this Plan to Eligible Persons. The Board or the
Stock Option  Committee shall follow the procedures  prescribed for it elsewhere
in this  Plan.  A grant of  Options  shall be set forth in a  writing  signed on
behalf of the  Corporation  or by a majority of the members of the Stock  Option
Committee. The writing shall identify whether the Option being granted is an ISO
or an NSO and shall set forth the terms which govern the Option. The terms shall
be determined by the Board or the Stock Option Committee, and may include, among
other terms, the number of shares of Stock that may be acquired  pursuant to the
exercise of the Options, when the Options may be exercised, the period for which
the Option is granted  and  including  the  expiration  date,  the effect on the
Options if the Eligible  Person  terminates  employment and whether the Eligible
Person  may  deliver  shares  of  Stock  to pay for the  shares  of  Stock to be
purchased by the exercise of the Option.  However, no term shall be set forth in
the writing which is inconsistent  with any of the terms of this Plan. The terms
of an Option  granted to an  Eligible  Person  may  differ  from the terms of an
Option granted to another Eligible  Person,  and may differ from the terms of an
earlier Option granted to the same Eligible Person.

6. Option Price.  The option price per share shall be determined by the Board or
the Stock Option  Committee at the time any Option is granted,  and shall be not
less than (i) in the case of an ISO, the fair market value,  (ii) in the case of
an ISO granted to a ten percent or greater stockholder,  110 percent of the fair
market  value,  or (iii) in the case of an NSO,  not less  than 55 % of the fair
market  value (but in no event less than the par value) of one share of Stock on
the date the Option is granted,  as  determined by the Board or the Stock Option
Committee. Fair market value as used herein shall be:

   (a) If shares of Stock  shall be traded on an  exchange  or  over-the-counter
market, the mean between the high and low sales prices of Stock on such exchange
or over-the-counter market on which such shares shall be traded on that date, or
if such exchange or over-the-counter market is closed or if no shares shall have
traded on such date, on the last  preceding date on which such shares shall have
traded.

   (b) If shares of Stock shall not be traded on an exchange or over-the-counter
market,  the value as  determined  by a recognized  appraiser as selected by the
Board or the Stock Option Committee.

7.  Purchase  of  Shares.  An Option  shall be  exercised  by the  tender to the
Corporation  of the full  purchase  price of the Stock with respect to which the
Option is exercised and written  notice of the exercise.  The purchase  price of
the Stock shall be in United States dollars,  payable in cash, check, Promissory
Note secured by the Shares issued through exercise of the related Options, or in
property or Corporation  stock, if so permitted by the Board or the Stock Option
Committee  in  accordance  with the  discretion  granted in  Paragraph 5 hereof,
having a value  equal to such  purchase  price.  The  Corporation  shall  not be
required to issue or deliver any certificates for shares of Stock purchased upon
the  exercise of an Option prior to (i) if  requested  by the  Corporation,  the
filing  with the  Corporation  by the  Eligible  Person of a  representation  in
writing that it is the Eligible  Person's then present  intention to acquire the
Stock  being  purchased  for  investment  and not for  resale,  and/or  (ii) the
completion of any  registration or other  qualification of such shares under any
government  regulatory  body,  which  the  Corporation  shall  determine  to  be
necessary or advisable.

8. Grant of Reload Options.  In granting an Option under this Plan, the Board or
the Stock  Option  Committee  may  include a Reload  Option  provision  therein,
subject to the  provisions  set forth in Paragraphs  20 and 21 herein.  A Reload
Option provision provides that if the Eligible Person pays the exercise price of
shares of Stock to be purchased by the exercise of an ISO, NSO or another Reload
Option (the "Original  Option") by delivering to the Corporation shares of Stock
already  owned by the  Eligible  Person (the  "Tendered  Shares"),  the Eligible
Person  shall  receive a Reload  Option which shall be a new Option to purchase*
shares of Stock equal in number to the tendered shares.  The terms of any Reload
Option shall be determined by the Board or the Stock Option Committee consistent
with the provisions of this Plan.

9. Stock Option Committee. The Stock Option Committee may be appointed from time
to time by the Corporation's Board of Directors. The Board may from time to time
remove  members  from or add members to the Stock  Option  Committee.  The Stock
Option  Committee shall be constituted so as to permit the Plan to comply in all
respects with the  provisions  set forth in Paragraph 20 herein.  The members of
the Stock Option  Committee  may elect one of its members as its  chairman.  The
Stock Option  Committee  shall hold its meetings at such times and places as its
chairman shall  determine.  A majority of the Stock Option  Committee's  members
present in person shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All
determinations  of the Stock Option  Committee will be made by the majority vote
of the members constituting the quorum. The members may participate in a meeting
of the Stock Option Committee by conference telephone or similar  communications
equipment  by means of which all members  participating  in the meeting can hear
each other.  Participation in a meeting in that manner will constitute  presence
in person at the meeting.  Any decision or determination  reduced to writing and
signed by all members of the Stock Option  Committee  will be effective as if it
had been made by a majority vote of all members of the Stock Option Committee at
a meeting which is duly called and held.

10.  Administration  of Plan. In addition to granting  Options and to exercising
the  authority  granted to it  elsewhere  in this  Plan,  the Board or the Stock
Option  Committee  is granted  the full right and  authority  to  interpret  and
construe the  provisions of this Plan,  promulgate,  amend and rescind rules and
procedures  relating  to the  implementation  of the Plan and to make all  other
determinations  necessary  or  advisable  for the  administration  of the  Plan,
consistent,  however, with the intent of the Corporation that Options granted or
awarded  pursuant to the Plan comply with the provisions of Paragraphs 20 and 21
herein. All determinations made by the Board or the Stock Option Committee shall
be final,  binding and conclusive on all persons  including the Eligible Person,
the  Corporation  and its  stockholders,  employees,  officers and directors and
consultants. No member of the Board or the Stock Option Committee will be liable
for any act or  omission  in  connection  with the  administration  of this Plan
unless it is attributable to that member's willful misconduct.

11. Provisions  Applicable to ISOs. The following  provisions shall apply to all
ISOs granted by the Board or the Stock Option  Committee and are incorporated by
reference into any writing granting an ISO:

   (a) An ISO may only be granted within ten (10) years from September 10, 1998,
the date that this Plan was  originally  adopted by the  Corporation's  Board of
Directors.

   (b) An ISO may not be exercised  after the  expiration of ten (10) years from
the date the ISO is granted.

   (c) The option  price may not be less than the fair market value of the Stock
at the time the ISO is granted.

   (d) An ISO is not  transferable  by the Eligible Person to whom it is granted
except by will,  or the laws of descent  and  distribution,  and is  exercisable
during his or her lifetime only by the Eligible Person.

   (e) If the Eligible  Person  receiving  the ISO owns at the time of the grant
stock  possessing more than ten (10%) percent of the total combined voting power
of all  classes  of  stock  of the  employer  corporation  or of its  parent  or
subsidiary corporation (as those terms are defined in the Code), then the option
price shall be at least 110 % of the fair market value of the Stock, and the ISO
shall not be  exercisable  after the  expiration of five (5) years from the date
the ISO is granted.

   (f) The  aggregate  fair  market  value  (determined  at the  time the ISO is
granted) of the Stock with respect to which the ISO is first  exercisable by the
Eligible  Person  during  any  calendar  year  (under  this  Plan and any  other
incentive stock option plan of the Corporation) shall not exceed $100,000.

   (g) Even if the shares of Stock which are issued upon  exercise of an ISO are
sold  within  one  year  following  the  exercise  of such  ISO so that the sale
constitutes a  disqualifying  disposition  for ISO treatment  under the Code, no
provision of this Plan shall be construed as prohibiting such a sale.

   (h) This Plan was adopted by the Corporation on September 10, 1998, by virtue
of its approval by the  Corporation's  Board of Directors  and a majority of the
vote of the  shareholders  of the Company holding 50% or more of the outstanding
capital stock of the Company.

12.  Determination  of Fair Market Value.  In granting ISOs under this Plan, the
Board or the Stock Option Committee shall make a good faith  determination as to
the fair market value of the Stock at the time of granting the ISO.

13. Restrictions on Issuance of Stock. The Corporation shall not be obligated to
sell or issue any shares of Stock  pursuant to the exercise of an Option  unless
the Stock with  respect to which the Option is being  exercised  is at that time
effectively  registered or exempt from registration  under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended,  and any other applicable  laws,  rules and  regulations.  The
Corporation  may  condition  the  exercise  of an Option  granted in  accordance
herewith upon receipt from the Eligible Person, or any other purchaser  thereof,
of a written  representation  that at the time of such exercise it is his or her
then  present  intention to acquire the shares of Stock for  investment  and not
with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof; except
that,  in  the  case  of  a  legal   representative   of  an  Eligible   Person,
"distribution"  shall be defined to  exclude  distribution  by will or under the
laws of descent and distribution.  Prior to issuing any shares of Stock pursuant
to the exercise of an Option,  the Corporation shall take such steps as it deems
necessary  to satisfy any  withholding  tax  obligations  imposed upon it by any
level of government.

14. Exercise in the Event of Death of Termination or Employment.

   (a) If an optionee  shall die (i) while an employee of the  Corporation  or a
Subsidiary or (ii) within three months after  termination of his employment with
the  Corporation  or a Subsidiary  because of his  disability,  or retirement or
otherwise,  his Options may be exercised,  to the extent that the optionee shall
have  been  entitled  to do so on the date of his death or such  termination  of
employment,  by the  person or persons to whom the  optionee's  right  under the
Option pass by will or applicable  law, or if no such person has such right,  by
his executors or administrators, at any time, or from time to time. In the event
of termination  of employment  because of his death while an employee or because
of disability,  his Options may be exercised not later than the expiration  date
specified in Paragraph 5 or one year after the optionee's death,  whichever date
is earlier,  or in the event of termination of employment  because of retirement
or otherwise, not later than the expiration date specified in Paragraph 5 hereof
or one year after the optionee's death, whichever date is earlier.

   (b) If an optionee's  employment  by the  Corporation  or a Subsidiary  shall
terminate  because of his  disability  and such optionee has not died within the
following three months, he may exercise his Options, to the extent that he shall
have been entitled to do so at the date of the termination of his employment, at
any time, or from time to time, but not later than the expiration date specified
in Paragraph 5 hereof or one year after  termination  of  employment,  whichever
date is earlier.

   (c) If an optionee's  employment  shall terminate by reason of his retirement
in accordance with the terms of the Corporation's tax-qualified retirement plans
if any,  or with the  consent  of the Board or the  Stock  Option  Committee  or
involuntarily  other than by  termination  for cause,  and such optionee has not
died within the following three months, he may exercise his Option to the extent
he shall  have  been  entitled  to do so at the date of the  termination  of his
employment, at any time and from to time, but not later than the expiration date
specified  in  Paragraph  5 hereof or  thirty  (30) days  after  termination  of
employment,  whichever  date is  earlier.  For  purposes of this  Paragraph  14,
termination  for cause shall mean;  (i)  termination  of employment for cause as
defined in the  optionee's  Employment  Agreement  or (ii) in the  absence of an
Employment  Agreement for the optionee,  termination  of employment by reason of
the optionee's  commission of a felony,  fraud or willful  misconduct  which has
resulted,  or is likely to result,  in  substantial  and material  damage to the
Corporation or a Subsidiary,  all as the Board or the Stock Option  Committee in
its sole discretion may determine.

   (d) If an  optionee's  employment  shall  terminate for any reason other than
death,  disability,  retirement or  otherwise,  all right to exercise his Option
shall  terminate at the date of such  termination of employment  absent specific
provisions in the optionee's Option Agreement.

15. Corporate Events. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of
the Corporation,  a proposed sale of all or  substantially  all of the assets of
the Corporation, a merger or tender for the Corporation's shares of Common Stock
the Board of  Directors  may declare  that each Option  granted  under this Plan
shall  terminate  as of a date to be fixed by the Board of  Directors;  provided
that not less than thirty (30) days written notice of the date so fixed shall be
given to each Eligible  Person holding an Option,  and each such Eligible Person
shall have the  right,  during the  period of thirty  (30) days  preceding  such
termination, to exercise his Option as to all or any part of the shares of Stock
covered  thereby,  including  shares of Stock as to which such Option  would not
otherwise be exercisable. Nothing set forth herein shall extend the term set for
purchasing the shares of Stock set forth in the Option.

16. No Guarantee of Employment.  Nothing in this Plan or in any writing granting
an Option  will  confer  upon any  Eligible  Person the right to continue in the
employ of the Eligible Person's employer,  or will interfere with or restrict in
any way the right of the Eligible  Person's  employer to discharge such Eligible
Person at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause.

17.  Nontransferability.  Unless specifically  authorized under the terms of the
Option grant, no Option granted under the Plan shall be transferable  other than
by will or by the laws of descent and  distribution.  During the lifetime of the
optionee,  an Option  shall be  exercisable  only by him unless the terms of the
Option permits the assignment of the Option.

18. No Rights as Stockholder. No optionee shall have any rights as a stockholder
with  respect to any shares  subject to his Option prior to the date of issuance
to him of a certificate or certificates for such shares.

19. Amendment and  Discontinuance of Plan. The Corporation's  Board of Directors
may amend, suspend or discontinue this Plan at any time. However, no such action
may  prejudice  the rights of any  Eligible  Person who has prior  thereto  been
granted  Options under this Plan.  Further,  no amendment to this Plan which has
the effect of (a) increasing the aggregate  number of shares of Stock subject to
this Plan  (except  for  adjustments  pursuant to  Paragraph  3 herein),  or (b)
changing the  definition  of Eligible  Person under this Plan,  may be effective
unless and until approval of the  stockholders of the Corporation is obtained in
the same manner as approval of this Plan is required. The Corporation's Board of
Directors is authorized to seek the approval of the  Corporation's  stockholders
for any other  changes  it  proposes  to make to this Plan  which  require  such
approval,  however, the Board of Directors may modify the Plan, as necessary, to
effectuate  the  intent  of the  Plan as a  result  of any  changes  in the tax,
accounting  or  securities  laws  treatment  of  Eligible  Persons and the Plan,
subject to the  provisions set forth in this Paragraph 19, and Paragraphs 19 and
20.

20.  Compliance with Rule 16b-3. This Plan is intended to comply in all respects
with Rule 16b-3  ("Rule  16b-3")  promulgated  by the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act"),  with  respect  to  participants  who are  subject  to  Section 16 of the
Exchange  Act, and any  provision(s)  herein that is/are  contrary to Rule 16b-3
shall be deemed  null and void to the  extent  appropriate  by either  the Stock
Option Committee or the Corporation's Board of Directors.

21. Compliance with Code. The aspects of this Plan on ISOs is intended to comply
in every  respect with Section 422 of the Code and the  regulations  promulgated
thereunder.  In the event any future  statute  or  regulation  shall  modify the
existing  statute,  the  aspects  of this  Plan  on  ISOs  shall  be  deemed  to
incorporate by reference such modification.  Any stock option agreement relating
to any Option granted  pursuant to this Plan  outstanding and unexercised at the
time any modifying statute or regulation  becomes effective shall also be deemed
to incorporate by reference such modification and no notice of such modification
need be given to optionee.

         If any  provision of the aspects of this Plan on ISOs is  determined to
disqualify  the shares  purchasable  pursuant to the Options  granted under this
Plan from the special tax treatment provided by Code Section 422, such provision
shall be deemed null and void and to incorporate  by reference the  modification
required to qualify the shares for said tax treatment.

22. Compliance With Other Laws and Regulations. The Plan, the grant and exercise
of Options thereunder, and the obligation of the Corporation to sell and deliver
Stock under such options,  shall be subject to all applicable  federal and state
laws,  rules,  and  regulations  and to  such  approvals  by any  government  or
regulatory  agency as may be required.  The Corporation shall not be required to
issue or deliver any  certificates  for shares of Stock prior to (a) the listing
of such  shares on any stock  exchange or  over-the-counter  market on which the
Stock  may  then be  listed  and  (b)  the  completion  of any  registration  or
qualification  of such  shares  under any federal or state law, or any ruling or
regulation  of any  government  body which the  Corporation  shall,  in its sole
discretion,  determine to be necessary or advisable.  Moreover, no Option may be
exercised  if its  exercise or the receipt of Stock  pursuant  thereto  would be
contrary to applicable laws.

23.  Disposition  of  Shares.  In the event any  share of Stock  acquired  by an
exercise of an Option granted under the Plan shall be transferable other than by
will or by the laws of  descent  and  distribution  within two years of the date
such  Option was  granted or within  one year after the  transfer  of such Stock
pursuant to such exercise, the optionee shall give prompt written notice thereof
to the Corporation or the Stock Option Committee.

24.  Name.  The Plan shall be known as the "Shop T.V.,  Inc.  1998 Stock  Option
Plan."

25.  Notices.  Any notice  hereunder  shall be in writing and sent by  certified
mail, return receipt requested or by facsimile  transmission (with electronic or
written  confirmation of receipt) and when addressed to the Corporation shall be
sent to it at its  office,  2001 West Sample  Road,  Suite 101,  Pompano  Beach,
Florida 33064,  and when addressed to the Committee  shall be sent to it at 2001
West Sample Road, Suite 101, Pompano Beach,  Florida 33064, subject to the right
of either  party to  designate  at any time  hereafter  in  writing  some  other
address,  facsimile  number or person to whose  attention  such notice  shall be
sent.

26.  Headings.  The headings  preceding  the text of Sections and  subparagraphs
hereof  are  inserted  solely  for  convenience  of  reference,  and  shall  not
constitute a part of this Plan nor shall they affect its  meaning,  construction
or effect.

27.  Effective  Date. This Plan, the Shop T.V., Inc. 1998 Stock Option Plan, was
adopted by the Board of Directors of the  Corporation on September 10, 1998. The
effective date of the Plan shall be the same date.

Dated as of September 10, 1998.

                                 SHOP T.V., INC.



                               By: /S/MARK ALFIERI
                               -------------------
                           Mark Alfieri, President




                                 PROMISSORY NOTE


$97,000.00                                                   February 1, 1999


     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, LEGAL STREET ENTERPRISES, INC. ("Borrower") promises to
pay to TRICOM PICTURES & PRODUCTIONS,  INC., ("Noteholder") located at 2001 West
Sample Road,  Suite 101,  Pompano Beach,  Florida,  33064, the sum of $97,000.00
(NINETY-SEVEN  THOUSAND  DOLLARS AND NO CENTS)  plus  interest at the rate of 8%
(Eight Percent) per annum.

     Interest shall be payable  monthly  commencing on August 1, 1999 and for 59
consecutive  months  thereafter on the unpaid principal  balance.  The principal
shall be paid in lump sum in addition to and with the 60th interest payment.

     In the event of default in the payment of any sum required  under the terms
of this  Promissory  Note,  Borrower  shall be granted a grace period of fifteen
(15) days from the due date of such  payment in which to cure said  default.  If
Borrower fails to said default within above grace period,  then this  Promissory
Note shall, at the option of the Noteholder become immediately and fully due and
payable,  in which event, the Promissory Note shall bear interest at the highest
lawful rate  permitted in the State of Florida,  from the date of default  until
paid.

     Borrower  agrees to pay all  reasonable  court  costs and  attorneys'  fees
incurred by Noteholder in order to enforce and collect payment under this Note.

     Borrower may prepay this Promissory  Note, in whole or in part, at any time
or from time to time, without penalty.

     The Promissory  Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance  with
the laws of the State of Florida

TRICOM PICTURES & PRODUCTION, INC.

By:/S/JACK LEVINE
   Vice President

Date: /S/FEBRUARY 1, 1999


LEGAL STREET ENTERPRISES, INC.

By:/S/RON SECRETO
    President

Date:/S/FEBRUARY 1, 1999



<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
     (Replace this text with the legend)
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                                               0001066849
<NAME>                                      SITE2SHOP.COM, INC.
<MULTIPLIER>                                                  1
<CURRENCY>                                          U.S. DOLLAR


<S>                                             <C>            <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                   YEAR           6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                               DEC-31-1998    MAR-31-1999
<PERIOD-START>                                  JAN-01-1998    JAN-01-1999
<PERIOD-END>                                    DEC-31-1998    JUN-30-1999
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                           1              1
<CASH>                                               41,802      1,312,351
<SECURITIES>                                              0              0
<RECEIVABLES>                                     1,063,170      1,227,107
<ALLOWANCES>                                      (429,118)              0
<INVENTORY>                                               0              0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                    812,277      3,031,064
<PP&E>                                              593,381        729,044
<DEPRECIATION>                                    (287,203)      (343,997)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                    1,236,450      3,556,312
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                             3,978,037      4,493,522
<BONDS>                                                   0              0
                                     0              0
                                               0              0
<COMMON>                                             11,391         12,480
<OTHER-SE>                                      (2,773,443)      (960,490)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                      1,236,450      (948,010)
<SALES>                                           7,330,221      4,840,928
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                  7,330,221      4,840,928
<CGS>                                             1,661,275      1,064,682
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                     3,247,782      2,942,797
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                          0              0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                          0              0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                        0              0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                     719,912        833,449
<INCOME-TAX>                                        734,000        332,000
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                (14,088)        501,449
<DISCONTINUED>                                            0              0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                           0              0
<CHANGES>                                                 0              0
<NET-INCOME>                                       (14,088)        501,449
<EPS-BASIC>                                        (0.01)            .04
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        (0.01)            .04



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission